x86: drop bogus IgnoreSize from XOP and SSE4a insns
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
219d1afa 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
219d1afa 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
219d1afa 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 244 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 247@c
6387924a 248@c man end
a4fb0134 249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 251@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 256 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 257@end ifset
625e1353
RH
258@ifset ALPHA
259
260@emph{Target Alpha options:}
261 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
262 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 263 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
264 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
265 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
266@end ifset
252b5132 267@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
270 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
271 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
272 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 273 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
275@end ifset
276@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
277
278@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 279@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
280 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
281 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
282 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
283 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 284 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 285 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
286 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
287 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
288 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 289 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 290@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
291@ifset Blackfin
292
293@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
294 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
295 [@b{-mfdpic}]
296 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
297 [@b{-mnopic}]
298@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
299@ifset CRIS
300
301@emph{Target CRIS options:}
302 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
303 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
304 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 305 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
306@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
307@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
308@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
309@ifset CSKY
310
311@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
312 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
313 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
314 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
315 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
316 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
317 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
318 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
319 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
320 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
321 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
322 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
323 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
324 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
325 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
326 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
327 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
328@end ifset
252b5132 329@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target D10V options:}
332 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target D30V options:}
337 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 338@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
339@ifset EPIPHANY
340
341@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
342 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
345
346@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
347 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
348@end ifset
349@ifset HPPA
350@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
351@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
352@ifset I80386
353
354@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 355 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 356 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 359
9e32ca89
NC
360@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
361 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
362 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
363 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 364 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 365 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 366 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
367 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
368@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
369@ifset IP2K
370
371@emph{Target IP2K options:}
372 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
373@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
374@ifset M32C
375
376@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 377 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 378@end ifset
587fe2b3 379@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 380
a4fb0134
SC
381@emph{Target M32R options:}
382 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 383 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 384@end ifset
252b5132 385@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
386
387@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
388 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 389@end ifset
60bcf0fa 390@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
391
392@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 393 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
394 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
395 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 396 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
397 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
398 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
399@end ifset
400@ifset MCORE
401
402@emph{Target MCORE options:}
403 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
404 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 405@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
406@ifset METAG
407
408@emph{Target Meta options:}
409 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
410@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
411@ifset MICROBLAZE
412@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
413@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
414@end ifset
252b5132 415@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
416
417@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 418 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 419 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 420 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
422 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
423 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 424 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 425 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
426 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
427 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 429 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 430 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 431 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 432 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 433 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 434 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 435 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 436 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 437 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 438 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 439 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 440 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 441 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 442 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 443 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 444 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 445 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 446 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 447 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 448 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 449 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 450 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 451 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 452 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 453 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
454 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
455 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 456 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 457 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
458@end ifset
459@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
460
461@emph{Target MMIX options:}
462 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
463 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
464 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 465 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 466@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
467@ifset NIOSII
468
469@emph{Target Nios II options:}
470 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
471 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
472@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
473@ifset NDS32
474
475@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
476 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
477 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
478 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
479 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
480 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
481 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
482 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
483 [@b{-mb2bb}]
484@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
485@ifset PDP11
486
487@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
488 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
489 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 490 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
491@end ifset
492@ifset PJ
493
494@emph{Target picoJava options:}
495 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
496@end ifset
497@ifset PPC
498
499@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
500 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
501 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
502 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
503 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
504 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
505 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 506 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 507 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 508 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
509 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
510 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 511 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 512 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 513@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
514@ifset PRU
515
516@emph{Target PRU options:}
517 [@b{-link-relax}]
518 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
519 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
520@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
521@ifset RISCV
522
523@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
524 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
525 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
526 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
527@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
528@ifset RL78
529
530@emph{Target RL78 options:}
531 [@b{-mg10}]
532 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
533@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
534@ifset RX
535
536@emph{Target RX options:}
537 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 538 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
539 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
540 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
541 [@b{-mpid}]
542 [@b{-mrelax}]
543 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
544 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 545@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
546@ifset S390
547
548@emph{Target s390 options:}
549 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
550 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
551 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
552@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
553@ifset SCORE
554
555@emph{Target SCORE options:}
556 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
557 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
558 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
559 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
560@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
561@ifset SPARC
562
563@emph{Target SPARC options:}
564@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
565 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
566 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
567 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
568 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
569 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
570 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
571 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
572 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
573 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
574 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
575 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
576 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
577 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 578 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 579 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
580@end ifset
581@ifset TIC54X
582
583@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 584 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
585 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
586@end ifset
40b36596
JM
587@ifset TIC6X
588
589@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
590 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
591 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
592 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 593@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
594@ifset TILEGX
595
596@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 597 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
598@end ifset
599@ifset TILEPRO
600@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
601@end ifset
b6605ddd 602@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 603
b6605ddd
EB
604@emph{Target Visium options:}
605 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
606@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
607@ifset XTENSA
608
609@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
610 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
611 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
612 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
613 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
614 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 615 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 616@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
617@ifset Z80
618
619@emph{Target Z80 options:}
620 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
621 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
622 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
623 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
624 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
625 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
626 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
627@end ifset
a4fb0134 628@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 629
a4fb0134 630@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 631@end ifset
e0001a05 632
0285c67d 633@c man end
252b5132
RH
634@end smallexample
635
0285c67d
NC
636@c man begin OPTIONS
637
a4fb0134 638@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 639@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 640
83f10cb2 641@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
642Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
643
a4fb0134 644@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
645@item -ac
646omit false conditionals
647
648@item -ad
649omit debugging directives
650
83f10cb2
NC
651@item -ag
652include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
653
252b5132
RH
654@item -ah
655include high-level source
656
657@item -al
658include assembly
659
660@item -am
661include macro expansions
662
663@item -an
664omit forms processing
665
666@item -as
667include symbols
668
669@item =file
670set the name of the listing file
671@end table
672
673You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
674listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
675the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
676
caa32fe5 677@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
678Begin in alternate macro mode.
679@ifclear man
680@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
681@end ifclear
caa32fe5 682
955974c6 683@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
684Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
685ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
686linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
687given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 688
151411f8
L
689@ifset ELF
690@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
691@item --compress-debug-sections=none
692@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
693@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
694@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
695These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
696@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
697@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
698@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 699@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 700@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
701@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
702sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
703@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
704@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
705
151411f8
L
706@end ifset
707
955974c6 708@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
709Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
710targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
711override this.
955974c6 712
252b5132
RH
713@item -D
714Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
715other assemblers.
716
3d6b762c
JM
717@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
718When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
719information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
720
252b5132
RH
721@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
722Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
723@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
724indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
725value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
726use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
727
728@item -f
729``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
730compiler output).
731
329e276d
NC
732@item -g
733@itemx --gen-debug
734Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
735debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
736ECOFF or DWARF2.
737
252b5132
RH
738@item --gstabs
739Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
740may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
741
05da4302
NC
742@item --gstabs+
743Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
744extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
745debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
746may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
747the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
748
329e276d 749@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 750Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 751may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 752option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 753
b40bf0a2
NC
754@item --gdwarf-sections
755Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
756.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
757corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
758will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
759@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
760then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
761suffix.
762
b8871f35 763@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
764@item --size-check=error
765@itemx --size-check=warning
766Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
767
b8871f35
L
768@item --elf-stt-common=no
769@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
770These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
771symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
772by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
773
774@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
775@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
776These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
777attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
778The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
779configure option.
780
b8871f35
L
781@end ifset
782
252b5132 783@item --help
a05a5b64 784Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 785
ea20a7da
CC
786@item --target-help
787Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
788
252b5132
RH
789@item -I @var{dir}
790Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
791
792@item -J
793Don't warn about signed overflow.
794
795@item -K
796@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
797This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
798@end ifclear
799@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
800Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
801@end ifset
802
803@item -L
804@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
805Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
806system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
807or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
808@ifclear man
809@xref{Symbol Names}.
810@end ifclear
252b5132 811
c3a27914
NC
812@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
813Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
814listing to @var{number}.
815
816@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
817Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
818lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
819
820@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
821Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
822@var{number} bytes.
823
824@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
825Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
826to @var{number} + 1.
827
2edb36e7
NC
828@item --no-pad-sections
829Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
830of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
831which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
832
252b5132 833@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 834Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
835
836@item -R
837Fold the data section into the text section.
838
d60646b9 839@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
840Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
841@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
842assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
843memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
844requirements at the expense of speed.
845
846@item --reduce-memory-overheads
847This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
848assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
849@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
850
451133ce
NP
851@ifset ELF
852@item --sectname-subst
853Honor substitution sequences in section names.
854@ifclear man
855@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
856@end ifclear
857@end ifset
858
252b5132
RH
859@item --statistics
860Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
861assembly.
862
863@item --strip-local-absolute
864Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
865
866@item -v
867@itemx -version
a4fb0134 868Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
869
870@item --version
a4fb0134 871Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
872
873@item -W
2bdd6cf5 874@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
875Suppress warning messages.
876
2bdd6cf5
GK
877@item --fatal-warnings
878Treat warnings as errors.
879
880@item --warn
881Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
882
252b5132
RH
883@item -w
884Ignored.
885
886@item -x
887Ignored.
888
889@item -Z
890Generate an object file even after errors.
891
892@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
893Standard input, or source files to assemble.
894
895@end table
2a633939
JM
896@c man end
897
a06ea964
NC
898@ifset AARCH64
899
900@ifclear man
901@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
902for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
903@end ifclear
904
905@ifset man
906@c man begin OPTIONS
907The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
90864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
909@c man end
910@c man begin INCLUDE
911@include c-aarch64.texi
912@c ended inside the included file
913@end ifset
914
915@end ifset
916
2a633939
JM
917@ifset ALPHA
918
919@ifclear man
920@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
921for an Alpha processor.
922@end ifclear
923
924@ifset man
925@c man begin OPTIONS
926The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
927processor.
928@c man end
929@c man begin INCLUDE
930@include c-alpha.texi
931@c ended inside the included file
932@end ifset
933
934@end ifset
252b5132 935
2a633939 936@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 937@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
938The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
939processor.
252b5132 940
a4fb0134 941@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 942@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
943This option selects the core processor variant.
944@item -EB | -EL
945Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
946@item -mcode-density
947Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
948@end table
949@end ifset
950
951@ifset ARM
952The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
953processor family.
954
a4fb0134 955@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 956@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 957Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 958@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 959Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 960@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 961Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
962@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
963Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
964@item -mthumb
965Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 966@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
967Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
968@item -EB | -EL
969Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
970@item -mthumb-interwork
971Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
972ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
973@item -mccs
974Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
975@item -k
976Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
977@end table
978@end ifset
635fb38d 979@c man end
252b5132 980
9982501a 981@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
982
983@ifclear man
984@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
985configured for the Blackfin processor family.
986@end ifclear
987
988@ifset man
989@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
990The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
991the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
992@c man end
993@c man begin INCLUDE
994@include c-bfin.texi
995@c ended inside the included file
996@end ifset
9982501a 997
9982501a
JZ
998@end ifset
999
635fb38d 1000@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1001@ifset CRIS
1002See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1003@end ifset
1004
b8891f8d
AJ
1005@ifset CSKY
1006
1007@ifclear man
1008@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1009configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1010@end ifclear
1011
1012@ifset man
1013@c man begin OPTIONS
1014The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1015the C-SKY processor family.
1016@c man end
1017@c man begin INCLUDE
1018@include c-csky.texi
1019@c ended inside the included file
1020@end ifset
1021
1022@end ifset
1023
252b5132
RH
1024@ifset D10V
1025The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1026a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1027@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1028@cindex D10V optimization
1029@cindex optimization, D10V
1030@item -O
1031Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1032@end table
1033@end ifset
1034
1035@ifset D30V
1036The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1037processor.
a4fb0134 1038@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1039@cindex D30V optimization
1040@cindex optimization, D30V
1041@item -O
1042Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1043
1044@cindex D30V nops
1045@item -n
1046Warn when nops are generated.
1047
1048@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1049@item -N
1050Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1051@end table
1052@end ifset
731caf76
L
1053@c man end
1054
cfb8c092
NC
1055@ifset EPIPHANY
1056The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1057Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1058
56b13185
JR
1059@ifclear man
1060@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1061configured for an Epiphany processor.
1062@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1063
56b13185
JR
1064@ifset man
1065@c man begin OPTIONS
1066The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1067an Epiphany processor.
1068@c man end
1069@c man begin INCLUDE
1070@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1071@c ended inside the included file
1072@end ifset
1073
1074@end ifset
1075
1076@ifset H8300
1077
1078@ifclear man
1079@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1080for an H8/300 processor.
1081@end ifclear
1082
1083@ifset man
1084@c man begin OPTIONS
1085The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1086processor.
1087@c man end
1088@c man begin INCLUDE
1089@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1090@c ended inside the included file
1091@end ifset
cfb8c092 1092
cfb8c092
NC
1093@end ifset
1094
731caf76 1095@ifset I80386
252b5132 1096
731caf76
L
1097@ifclear man
1098@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1099configured for an i386 processor.
1100@end ifclear
1101
1102@ifset man
1103@c man begin OPTIONS
1104The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1105an i386 processor.
1106@c man end
1107@c man begin INCLUDE
1108@include c-i386.texi
1109@c ended inside the included file
1110@end ifset
1111
1112@end ifset
1113
1114@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1115@ifset IP2K
1116The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1117Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1118
1119@table @gcctabopt
1120
1121@item -mip2022ext
1122Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1123
1124@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1125Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1126just the basic IP2022 ones.
1127
1128@end table
1129@end ifset
1130
49f58d10
JB
1131@ifset M32C
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1133Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1134
1135@table @gcctabopt
1136
1137@item -m32c
1138Assemble M32C instructions.
1139
1140@item -m16c
1141Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1142
c54b5932
DD
1143@item -relax
1144Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1145
1146@item -h-tick-hex
1147Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1148
49f58d10
JB
1149@end table
1150@end ifset
1151
ec694b89
NC
1152@ifset M32R
1153The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1154Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1155
a4fb0134 1156@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1157
1158@item --m32rx
1159Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1160is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1161
1162@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1163Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1164encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1165
1166@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1167Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1168encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1169
1170@end table
1171@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1172
1173@ifset M680X0
1174The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1175Motorola 68000 series.
1176
a4fb0134 1177@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1178
1179@item -l
1180Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1181
0285c67d
NC
1182@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1183@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1184@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1185Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1186is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1187
1188@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1189The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1190The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1191the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1192two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1193coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1194
1195@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1196The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1197unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1198
1199@end table
1200@end ifset
1201
36591ba1
SL
1202@ifset NIOSII
1203
1204@ifclear man
1205@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1206for an Altera Nios II processor.
1207@end ifclear
1208
1209@ifset man
1210@c man begin OPTIONS
1211The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1212Altera Nios II processor.
1213@c man end
1214@c man begin INCLUDE
1215@include c-nios2.texi
1216@c ended inside the included file
1217@end ifset
1218@end ifset
1219
e135f41b
NC
1220@ifset PDP11
1221
1222For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1223see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1224
a4fb0134 1225@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1226@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1227Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1228default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1229
1230@item -mall
1231@itemx -mall-extensions
1232Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1233
1234@item -mno-extensions
1235Disable all instruction set extensions.
1236
1237@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1238Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1239
1240@item -m@var{cpu}
1241Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1242disable all other extensions.
1243
1244@item -m@var{machine}
1245Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1246model, and disable all other extensions.
1247@end table
1248
1249@end ifset
1250
041dd5a9
ILT
1251@ifset PJ
1252The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1253a picoJava processor.
1254
a4fb0134 1255@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1256
1257@cindex PJ endianness
1258@cindex endianness, PJ
1259@cindex big endian output, PJ
1260@item -mb
1261Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1262
1263@cindex little endian output, PJ
1264@item -ml
1265Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1266
1267@end table
1268@end ifset
1269
93f11b16
DD
1270@ifset PRU
1271
1272@ifclear man
1273@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1274for a PRU processor.
1275@end ifclear
1276
1277@ifset man
1278@c man begin OPTIONS
1279The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1280PRU processor.
1281@c man end
1282@c man begin INCLUDE
1283@include c-pru.texi
1284@c ended inside the included file
1285@end ifset
1286@end ifset
1287
60bcf0fa
NC
1288@ifset M68HC11
1289The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1290Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1291
a4fb0134 1292@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1293
6927f982 1294@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1295Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1296defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1297
6927f982
NC
1298@item --xgate-ramoffset
1299Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1300XGATE address space.
1301
2f904664
SC
1302@item -mshort
1303Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1304
1305@item -mlong
01642c12 1306Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1307
1308@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1309Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1310
1311@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1312Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1313
1370e33d 1314@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1315Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1316conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1317sub routine.
1318
1370e33d
NC
1319@item -S | --short-branches
1320Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1321when the offset is out of range.
1322
1323@item --strict-direct-mode
1324Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1325when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1326
1327@item --print-insn-syntax
1328Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1329
1330@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1331Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1332
1333@item --generate-example
6927f982 1334Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1335This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1336
1337@end table
1338@end ifset
1339
252b5132 1340@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1341The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1342for the SPARC architecture:
1343
a4fb0134 1344@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1345@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1346@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1347Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1348
1349@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1350@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1351
1352@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1353UltraSPARC extensions.
1354
1355@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1356For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1357equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1358
1359@item -bump
1360Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1361@end table
1362@end ifset
1363
39bec121
TW
1364@ifset TIC54X
1365The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1366architecture.
39bec121 1367
a4fb0134 1368@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1369@item -mfar-mode
1370Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1371extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1372@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1373Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1374@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1375Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1376behaviour in the shell.
1377@end table
1378@end ifset
1379
252b5132 1380@ifset MIPS
73201331 1381@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1382The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1383a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1384
a4fb0134 1385@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1386@item -G @var{num}
1387This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1388implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1389use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1390
1391@cindex MIPS endianness
1392@cindex endianness, MIPS
1393@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1394@item -EB
1395Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1396
1397@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1398@item -EL
1399Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1400
1401@cindex MIPS ISA
1402@item -mips1
1403@itemx -mips2
1404@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1405@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1406@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1407@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1408@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1409@itemx -mips32r3
1410@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1411@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1412@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1413@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1414@itemx -mips64r3
1415@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1416@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1417Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1418@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1419alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1420@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1421@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1422@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1423@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1424MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1425Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1426MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1427
98508b2a
RS
1428@item -march=@var{cpu}
1429Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1430
1431@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1432Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1433
1434@item -mfix7000
1435@itemx -mno-fix7000
1436Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1437of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1438
a8d14a88
CM
1439@item -mfix-rm7000
1440@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1441Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1442followed by a load instruction.
1443
ecb4347a
DJ
1444@item -mdebug
1445@itemx -no-mdebug
1446Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1447section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1448
dcd410fe
RO
1449@item -mpdr
1450@itemx -mno-pdr
1451Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1452
437ee9d5
TS
1453@item -mgp32
1454@itemx -mfp32
1455The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1456flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1457all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1458and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1459
351cdf24
MF
1460@item -mgp64
1461@itemx -mfp64
1462The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1463flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1464all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1465and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1466
1467@item -mfpxx
1468The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1469this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1470which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
147132 or 64 bits wide.
1472
1473@item -modd-spreg
1474@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1475Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1476registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1477@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1478
437ee9d5
TS
1479@item -mips16
1480@itemx -no-mips16
1481Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1482@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1483turns off this option.
252b5132 1484
25499ac7
MR
1485@item -mmips16e2
1486@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1487Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1488to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1489@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1490
df58fc94
RS
1491@item -mmicromips
1492@itemx -mno-micromips
1493Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1494@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1495@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1496@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1497
e16bfa71
TS
1498@item -msmartmips
1499@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1500Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1501equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1502file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1503
1f25f5d3
CD
1504@item -mips3d
1505@itemx -no-mips3d
1506Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1507This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1508@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1509
deec1734
CD
1510@item -mdmx
1511@itemx -no-mdmx
1512Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1513This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1514@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1515
2ef2b9ae
CF
1516@item -mdsp
1517@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1518Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1519This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1520@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1521
8b082fb1
TS
1522@item -mdspr2
1523@itemx -mno-dspr2
1524Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1525This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1526This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1527@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1528
8f4f9071
MF
1529@item -mdspr3
1530@itemx -mno-dspr3
1531Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1532This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1533This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1534@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1535
56d438b1
CF
1536@item -mmsa
1537@itemx -mno-msa
1538Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1539This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1540@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1541
7d64c587
AB
1542@item -mxpa
1543@itemx -mno-xpa
1544Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1545This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1546@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1547
ef2e4d86
CF
1548@item -mmt
1549@itemx -mno-mt
1550Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1551This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1552@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1553
dec0624d
MR
1554@item -mmcu
1555@itemx -mno-mcu
1556Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1557This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1558@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1559
730c3174
SE
1560@item -mcrc
1561@itemx -mno-crc
1562Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1563Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1564@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1565
6f20c942
FS
1566@item -mginv
1567@itemx -mno-ginv
1568Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1569Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1570@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1571
8095d2f7
CX
1572@item -mloongson-mmi
1573@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1574Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1575Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1576instructions.
1577@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1578
716c08de
CX
1579@item -mloongson-cam
1580@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1581Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1582This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1583@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1584
bdc6c06e
CX
1585@item -mloongson-ext
1586@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1587Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1588This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1589@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1590
a693765e
CX
1591@item -mloongson-ext2
1592@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1593Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1594This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1595This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1596@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1597
833794fc
MR
1598@item -minsn32
1599@itemx -mno-insn32
1600Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1601microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1602instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1603the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1604option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1605start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1606selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1607
437ee9d5
TS
1608@item --construct-floats
1609@itemx --no-construct-floats
1610The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1611double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1612value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1613the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1614selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1615
3bf0dbfb
MR
1616@item --relax-branch
1617@itemx --no-relax-branch
1618The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1619branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1620out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1621
8b10b0b3
MR
1622@item -mignore-branch-isa
1623@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1624Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1625semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1626most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1627same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1628checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1629modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1630default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1631branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1632
ba92f887
MR
1633@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1634Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1635(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1636
252b5132
RH
1637@cindex emulation
1638@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1639This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1640on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1641removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1642It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1643
1644The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1645@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1646is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1647big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1648preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1649
1650@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1651@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1652the native tools.
1653
252b5132
RH
1654@item --trap
1655@itemx --no-trap
1656@itemx --break
1657@itemx --no-break
1658Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1659@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1660(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1661@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1662break exception.
63486801
L
1663
1664@item -n
a4fb0134 1665When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1666time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1667@end table
73201331 1668@c man end
252b5132
RH
1669@end ifset
1670
1671@ifset MCORE
1672The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1673an MCore processor.
1674
a4fb0134 1675@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1676@item -jsri2bsr
1677@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1678Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1679The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1680
1681@item -sifilter
1682@itemx -nosifilter
1683Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1684The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1685
1686@item -relax
1687Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1688
ec694b89
NC
1689@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1690Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1691can be assembled.
1692
1693@item -EB
1694Assemble for a big endian target.
1695
1696@item -EL
1697Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1698
1699@end table
1700@end ifset
a3c62988 1701@c man end
252b5132 1702
a3c62988
NC
1703@ifset METAG
1704
1705@ifclear man
1706@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1707for a Meta processor.
1708@end ifclear
1709
1710@ifset man
1711@c man begin OPTIONS
1712The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1713Meta processor.
1714@c man end
1715@c man begin INCLUDE
1716@include c-metag.texi
1717@c ended inside the included file
1718@end ifset
1719
1720@end ifset
1721
1722@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1723@ifset MMIX
1724See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1725@end ifset
1726
35c08157
KLC
1727@ifset NDS32
1728
1729@ifclear man
1730@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1731for a NDS32 processor.
1732@end ifclear
1733@c ended inside the included file
1734@end ifset
1735
1736@ifset man
1737@c man begin OPTIONS
1738The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1739NDS32 processor.
1740@c man end
1741@c man begin INCLUDE
1742@include c-nds32.texi
1743@c ended inside the included file
1744@end ifset
1745
635fb38d 1746@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1747@ifset PPC
1748
1749@ifclear man
1750@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1751for a PowerPC processor.
1752@end ifclear
1753
1754@ifset man
1755@c man begin OPTIONS
1756The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1757PowerPC processor.
1758@c man end
1759@c man begin INCLUDE
1760@include c-ppc.texi
1761@c ended inside the included file
1762@end ifset
1763
1764@end ifset
1765
e23eba97
NC
1766@ifset RISCV
1767
1768@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1769@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1770for a RISC-V processor.
1771@end ifclear
1772
1773@ifset man
1774@c man begin OPTIONS
1775The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1776RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1777@c man end
1778@c man begin INCLUDE
1779@include c-riscv.texi
1780@c ended inside the included file
1781@end ifset
1782
1783@end ifset
1784
635fb38d 1785@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1786@ifset RX
1787See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1788@end ifset
1789
11c19e16
MS
1790@ifset S390
1791The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1792processor family.
1793
1794@table @gcctabopt
1795@item -m31
1796@itemx -m64
1797Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1798@item -mesa
1799@item -mzarch
1800Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1801Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1802@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1803Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1804@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1805@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1806@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1807@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1808@item -mregnames
1809@itemx -mno-regnames
1810Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1811@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1812Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1813but evaluates to zero.
1814@end table
1815@end ifset
2a633939 1816@c man end
11c19e16 1817
40b36596 1818@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1819
1820@ifclear man
1821@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1822for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1823@end ifclear
1824
1825@ifset man
1826@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1827The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1828TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1829@c man end
1830@c man begin INCLUDE
1831@include c-tic6x.texi
1832@c ended inside the included file
1833@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1834
1835@end ifset
1836
aa137e4d
NC
1837@ifset TILEGX
1838
1839@ifclear man
1840@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1841for a TILE-Gx processor.
1842@end ifclear
1843
1844@ifset man
1845@c man begin OPTIONS
1846The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1847processor.
1848@c man end
1849@c man begin INCLUDE
1850@include c-tilegx.texi
1851@c ended inside the included file
1852@end ifset
1853
1854@end ifset
1855
b6605ddd
EB
1856@ifset VISIUM
1857
1858@ifclear man
1859@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1860for a Visium processor.
1861@end ifclear
1862
1863@ifset man
1864@c man begin OPTIONS
1865The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1866processor.
1867@c man end
1868@c man begin INCLUDE
1869@include c-visium.texi
1870@c ended inside the included file
1871@end ifset
1872
1873@end ifset
1874
e0001a05 1875@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1876
2d8b84ae
SA
1877@ifclear man
1878@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1879for an Xtensa processor.
1880@end ifclear
1881
1882@ifset man
1883@c man begin OPTIONS
1884The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1885Xtensa processor.
1886@c man end
1887@c man begin INCLUDE
1888@include c-xtensa.texi
1889@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1890@end ifset
1891
2d8b84ae
SA
1892@end ifset
1893
1894@c man begin OPTIONS
1895
3c9b82ba
NC
1896@ifset Z80
1897The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1898a Z80 family processor.
1899@table @gcctabopt
1900@item -z80
1901Assemble for Z80 processor.
1902@item -r800
1903Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1904@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1905@itemx -Wnud
1906Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1907@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1908@itemx -Wnup
1909Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1910@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1911@itemx -Wud
1912Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1913@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1914@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1915Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1916@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1917@itemx -Fud
1918Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1919@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1920@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1921Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1922@end table
1923@end ifset
1924
0285c67d
NC
1925@c man end
1926
252b5132
RH
1927@menu
1928* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1929* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1930* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1931* Command Line:: Command Line
1932* Input Files:: Input Files
1933* Object:: Output (Object) File
1934* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1935@end menu
1936
1937@node Manual
1938@section Structure of this Manual
1939
1940@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1941This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1942@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1943notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1944@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1945
1946@ifclear GENERIC
1947We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1948configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1949@end ifclear
1950@ifset GENERIC
1951This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1952various flavors of the assembler.
1953@end ifset
1954
1955@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1956On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1957to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1958In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1959architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1960mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1961particular architecture.
1962@ifset GENERIC
1963You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1964machine architecture manual for this information.
1965@end ifset
1966@ifclear GENERIC
1967@ifset H8/300
1968For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1969Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1970Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1971@end ifset
252b5132 1972@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1973For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1974see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1975@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1976@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1977@end ifset
1978@ifset Z8000
1979For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1980@end ifset
1981@end ifclear
1982
1983@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1984@ignore
1985Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1986the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1987Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1988computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1989once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1990qualification.
1991
a4fb0134 1992@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1993human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1994computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1995@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1996@end ignore
1997
1998@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1999@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2000@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2001@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2002@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2003@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2004@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2005@c directives).
2006
2007@node GNU Assembler
2008@section The GNU Assembler
2009
0285c67d
NC
2010@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2011
a4fb0134 2012@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2013@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2014This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2015configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2016@end ifclear
2017If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2018should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2019architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2020including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2021@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2022
2023@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2024@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2025@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2026@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2027assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2028machine would assemble.
2029@ifset VAX
2030Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2031@end ifset
2032@ifset M680X0
2033@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2034@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2035This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2036assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2037incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2038@end ifset
2039
0285c67d
NC
2040@c man end
2041
a4fb0134 2042Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2043program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2044@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2045
2046@node Object Formats
2047@section Object File Formats
2048
2049@cindex object file format
2050The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2051object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2052write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2053are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2054Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2055@ifclear GENERIC
2056@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2057For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2058@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2059@end ifclear
2060@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2061@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2062On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2063SOM or ELF format object files.
2064@end ifset
2065@end ifclear
2066
2067@node Command Line
2068@section Command Line
2069
2070@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2071
a4fb0134 2072After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2073options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2074before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2075significant.
2076
2077@cindex standard input, as input file
2078@kindex --
2079@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2080explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2081
2082@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2083Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2084hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2085@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2086option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2087the letter is important. All options are optional.
2088
2089Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2090name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2091with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2092standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2093
2094@smallexample
2095@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2096@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2097@end smallexample
2098
2099@node Input Files
2100@section Input Files
2101
2102@cindex input
2103@cindex source program
2104@cindex files, input
2105We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2106describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2107be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2108doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2109
2110@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2111@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2112The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2113order specified.
2114
0285c67d 2115@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2116Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2117program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2118(The standard input is also a file.)
2119
a4fb0134 2120You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2121names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2122command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2123is taken to be an input file name.
2124
a4fb0134
SC
2125If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2126from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2127may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2128to assemble.
2129
2130Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2131in your command line.
2132
a4fb0134 2133If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2134file.
2135
0285c67d
NC
2136@c man end
2137
252b5132
RH
2138@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2139
2140@cindex input file linenumbers
2141@cindex line numbers, in input files
2142There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2143either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2144number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2145``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2146
2147@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2148to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2149
2150@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2151directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2152error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2153is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2154@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2155@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2156
2157@node Object
2158@section Output (Object) File
2159
2160@cindex object file
2161@cindex output file
2162@kindex a.out
2163@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2164Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2165your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2166is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2167You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2168object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2169reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2170directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2171possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2172
2173@cindex linker
2174@kindex ld
2175The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2176assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2177the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2178information for the debugger.
2179
2180@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2181@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2182
2183@node Errors
2184@section Error and Warning Messages
2185
0285c67d
NC
2186@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2187
a349d9dd 2188@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2189@cindex warning messages
2190@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2191@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2192file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2193runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2194that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2195grave problem that stops the assembly.
2196
0285c67d
NC
2197@c man end
2198
252b5132
RH
2199@cindex format of warning messages
2200Warning messages have the format
2201
2202@smallexample
2203file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2204@end smallexample
2205
2206@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2207@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2208(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2209(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2210@ifset GENERIC
2211(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2212@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2213have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2214in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2215intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2216
2217Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2218directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2219
2220@smallexample
2221 .file 2 "bar.c"
2222 error_assembler_source
2223 .file "foo.c"
2224 .line 30
2225 error_c_source
2226@end smallexample
2227
2228produces this output:
2229
2230@smallexample
2231 Assembler messages:
2232 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2233 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2234@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2235
2236@cindex format of error messages
2237Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2238
252b5132
RH
2239@smallexample
2240file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2241@end smallexample
72e0b254 2242
252b5132
RH
2243The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2244messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2245because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2246
2247@node Invoking
2248@chapter Command-Line Options
2249
2250@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2251This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2252versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2253for options specific
252b5132 2254@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2255to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2256@end ifclear
2257@ifset GENERIC
2258to particular machine architectures.
2259@end ifset
2260
0285c67d
NC
2261@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2262
c1253627 2263If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2264you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2265The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2266by commas. For example:
2267
2268@smallexample
2269gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2270@end smallexample
2271
2272@noindent
2273This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2274standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2275local symbols in the symbol table).
2276
2277Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2278command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2279(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2280precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2281assembler.)
2282
0285c67d
NC
2283@c man end
2284
252b5132 2285@menu
83f10cb2 2286* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2287* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2288* D:: -D for compatibility
2289* f:: -f to work faster
2290* I:: -I for .include search path
2291@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2292* K:: -K for compatibility
2293@end ifclear
2294@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2295* K:: -K for difference tables
2296@end ifset
2297
ba83aca1 2298* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2299* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2300* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2301* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2302* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2303* o:: -o to name the object file
2304* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2305* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2306* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2307* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2308* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2309* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2310@end menu
2311
2312@node a
83f10cb2 2313@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2314
2315@kindex -a
2316@kindex -ac
2317@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2318@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2319@kindex -ah
2320@kindex -al
2321@kindex -an
2322@kindex -as
2323@cindex listings, enabling
2324@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2325
2326These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2327@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2328You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2329@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2330@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2331@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2332High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2333@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2334also.
2335
83f10cb2
NC
2336Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2337information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2338
252b5132
RH
2339Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2340which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2341other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2342omitted from the listing.
2343
2344Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2345listing.
2346
2347Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2348listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2349@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2350@code{.sbttl}.
2351The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2352If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2353listing-control directives have no effect.
2354
2355The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2356@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2357
96e9638b
BW
2358Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2359because it
a05a5b64 2360is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2361is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2362directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2363stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2364memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2365
caa32fe5
NC
2366@node alternate
2367@section @option{--alternate}
2368
2369@kindex --alternate
2370Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2371
252b5132 2372@node D
a4fb0134 2373@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2374
2375@kindex -D
2376This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2377likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2378@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2379
2380@node f
a4fb0134 2381@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2382
2383@kindex -f
2384@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2385@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2386@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2387(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2388and comment preprocessing on
2389the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2390,Preprocessing}.
2391
2392@quotation
2393@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2394preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2395not work correctly.
2396@end quotation
2397
2398@node I
c1253627 2399@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2400
2401@kindex -I @var{path}
2402@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2403@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2404@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2405Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2406@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2407directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2408many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2409working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2410searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2411specified (left to right) on the command line.
2412
2413@node K
a4fb0134 2414@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2415
2416@kindex -K
2417@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2418On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2419permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2420where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2421generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2422family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2423alteration on other platforms.
2424@end ifclear
2425
2426@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2427@cindex difference tables, warning
2428@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2429@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2430form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2431You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2432is done.
2433@end ifset
2434
2435@node L
ba83aca1 2436@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2437
2438@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2439@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2440Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2441@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2442called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2443such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2444programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2445notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2446such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2447
2448This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2449in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2450@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2451
c3a27914 2452@node listing
a4fb0134 2453@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2454
a05a5b64 2455The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2456@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2457hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2458them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2459directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2460@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2461@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2462@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2463
a4fb0134 2464@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2465@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2466@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2467@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2468Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2469dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2470
2471@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2472@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2473@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2474Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2475a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2476the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2477switch is used the default is to one.
2478
2479@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2480@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2481@cindex Width of source line output
2482Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2483alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2484source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2485
2486@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2487@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2488@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2489Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2490displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2491@end table
2492
252b5132 2493@node M
a4fb0134 2494@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2495
2496@kindex -M
2497@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2498The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2499changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2500compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2501The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2502MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2503information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2504arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2505assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2506
2507The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2508depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2509file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2510individually. These are:
2511
2512@itemize @bullet
2513@item global symbols in common section
2514
2515The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2516Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2517common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2518symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2519symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2520
2521@item complex relocations
2522
2523The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2524relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2525are not support by other object file formats.
2526
2527@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2528
2529The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2530This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2531instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2532script.
2533
2534@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2535
2536The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2537name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2538
2539@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2540
2541The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2542address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2543which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2544not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2545assigned within a linker script.
2546@end itemize
2547
2548There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2549@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2550seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2551
2552@itemize @bullet
2553
2554@item EBCDIC strings
2555
2556EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2557
2558@item packed binary coded decimal
2559
2560Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2561and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2562
2563@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2564
2565The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2566
2567@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2568
2569The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2570
2571@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2572
2573The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2574@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2575relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2576these options serve no purpose.
2577
2578@item @code{OPT} list control options
2579
2580The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2581@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2582@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2583
2584@item other @code{OPT} options
2585
2586The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2587@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2588
2589@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2590
2591The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2592@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2593
2594@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2595
2596The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2597
252b5132
RH
2598@end itemize
2599
2600@node MD
c1253627 2601@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2602
2603@kindex --MD
2604@cindex dependency tracking
2605@cindex make rules
2606
a4fb0134 2607@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2608file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2609dependencies of the main source file.
2610
2611The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2612
2613This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2614
2edb36e7
NC
2615@node no-pad-sections
2616@section Output Section Padding
2617@kindex --no-pad-sections
2618@cindex output section padding
2619Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2620alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2621memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2622disable this behaviour.
2623
252b5132 2624@node o
a4fb0134 2625@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2626
2627@kindex -o
2628@cindex naming object file
2629@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2630There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2631default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2632You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2633object file a different name.
2634
a4fb0134 2635Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2636existing file of the same name.
2637
2638@node R
a4fb0134 2639@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2640
2641@kindex -R
2642@cindex data and text sections, joining
2643@cindex text and data sections, joining
2644@cindex joining text and data sections
2645@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2646@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2647data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2648the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2649section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2650your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2651appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2652
a4fb0134 2653When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2654address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2655data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2656older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2657
c1253627
NC
2658@ifset COFF-ELF
2659When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2660this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2661@samp{.data}.
2662@end ifset
2663
2664@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2665@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2666@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2667@end ifset
2668
2669@node statistics
a4fb0134 2670@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2671
2672@kindex --statistics
2673@cindex statistics, about assembly
2674@cindex time, total for assembly
2675@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2676Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2677@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2678(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2679seconds).
2680
2681@node traditional-format
c1253627 2682@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2683
2684@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2685For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2686from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2687@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2688
2689For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2690@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2691
2692@node v
a4fb0134 2693@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2694
2695@kindex -v
2696@kindex -version
2697@cindex assembler version
2698@cindex version of assembler
2699You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2700option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2701command line.
2702
2703@node W
a4fb0134 2704@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2705
a4fb0134 2706@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2707assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2708cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2709made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2710
c1253627
NC
2711@kindex -W
2712@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2713@cindex suppressing warnings
2714@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2715If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2716This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2717how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2718are still reported.
2719
c1253627 2720@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2721@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2722@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2723If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2724files that generate warnings to be in error.
2725
c1253627 2726@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2727@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2728You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2729causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2730
2731@node Z
a4fb0134 2732@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2733@cindex object file, after errors
2734@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2735After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2736some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2737@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2738option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2739writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2740errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2741
2742@node Syntax
2743@chapter Syntax
2744
2745@cindex machine-independent syntax
2746@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2747This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2748source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2749assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2750@ifclear VAX
2751assembler.
2752@end ifclear
2753@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2754assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2755@end ifset
2756
2757@menu
7c31ae13 2758* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2759* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2760* Comments:: Comments
2761* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2762* Statements:: Statements
2763* Constants:: Constants
2764@end menu
2765
2766@node Preprocessing
2767@section Preprocessing
2768
2769@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2770The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2771@itemize @bullet
2772@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2773@item
2774adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2775the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2776a single space.
2777
2778@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2779@item
2780removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2781appropriate number of newlines.
2782
2783@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2784@item
2785converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2786@end itemize
2787
2788It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2789anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2790do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2791(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2792to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2793@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2794Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2795
2796Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2797cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2798preprocessed.
2799
2800@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2801@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2802@kindex #NO_APP
2803@kindex #APP
2804If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2805@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2806Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2807specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2808text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2809@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2810@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2811and whitespace.
2812
2813@node Whitespace
2814@section Whitespace
2815
2816@cindex whitespace
2817@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2818Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2819people to read. Unless within character constants
2820(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2821as exactly one space.
2822
2823@node Comments
2824@section Comments
2825
2826@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2827There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2828cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2829
2830Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2831This means you may not nest these comments.
2832
2833@smallexample
2834/*
2835 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2836 is to use this sort of comment.
2837*/
2838
2839/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2840@end smallexample
2841
2842@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2843Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2844considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2845specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2846line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2847line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2848comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2849upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2850@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2851
2852If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2853special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2854to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2855
2856@kindex #
2857@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2858@cindex logical line numbers
2859To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2860special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2861expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2862line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2863new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2864
2865If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2866the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2867
2868@smallexample
2869 # This is an ordinary comment.
2870# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2871 # This is logical line # 36.
2872@end smallexample
2873This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2874of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2875
2876@node Symbol Intro
2877@section Symbols
2878
2879@cindex characters used in symbols
2880@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2881A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2882letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2883@samp{_.$}.
2884@end ifclear
2885@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2886@ifclear GENERIC
2887@ifset H8
2888A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2889letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2890@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2891symbol names.)
2892@end ifset
2893@end ifclear
2894@end ifset
2895@ifset GENERIC
2896On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2897are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2898@end ifset
2899No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2900There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2901are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2902beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2903of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2904
2905Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2906cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2907quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2908backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2909@cindex length of symbols
2910
2911@node Statements
2912@section Statements
2913
2914@cindex statements, structure of
2915@cindex line separator character
2916@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2917
2918A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2919@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2920specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2921target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2922The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2923preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2924exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2925
2926@cindex newline, required at file end
2927@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2928It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2929character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2930
2931An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2932
2933@cindex instructions and directives
2934@cindex directives and instructions
2935@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2936@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2937@c 13feb91.
2938A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2939key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2940symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2941symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2942directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2943a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2944assembles into a machine language instruction.
2945@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2946Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2947recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2948represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2949language.@refill
2950@end ifset
2951
2952@cindex @code{:} (label)
2953@cindex label (@code{:})
2954A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2955Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2956have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2957
2958@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2959For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2960the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2961only one label may be defined on each line.
2962@end ifset
2963
2964@smallexample
2965label: .directive followed by something
2966another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2967 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2968@end smallexample
2969
2970@node Constants
2971@section Constants
2972
2973@cindex constants
2974A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2975inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2976@smallexample
2977@group
2978.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2979.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2980.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2981.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
298295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2983@end group
2984@end smallexample
2985
2986@menu
2987* Characters:: Character Constants
2988* Numbers:: Number Constants
2989@end menu
2990
2991@node Characters
2992@subsection Character Constants
2993
2994@cindex character constants
2995@cindex constants, character
2996There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2997for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2998numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2999@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3000used in arithmetic expressions.
3001
3002@menu
3003* Strings:: Strings
3004* Chars:: Characters
3005@end menu
3006
3007@node Strings
3008@subsubsection Strings
3009
3010@cindex string constants
3011@cindex constants, string
3012A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3013double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3014into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3015a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3016one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3017@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3018(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3019escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3020
3021@cindex escape codes, character
3022@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3023@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3024@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3025@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3026@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3027@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3028@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3029@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3030@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3031@table @kbd
3032@c @item \a
3033@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3034@c
361fa3a4 3035@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3036@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3037@item \b
3038Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3039
3040@c @item \e
3041@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3042@c
361fa3a4 3043@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3044@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3045@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3046Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3047
361fa3a4 3048@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3049@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3050@item \n
3051Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3052
3053@c @item \p
3054@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3055@c
361fa3a4
NC
3056@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3057@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3058@item \r
3059Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3060
3061@c @item \s
3062@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3063@c other assemblers.
3064@c
361fa3a4 3065@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3066@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3067@item \t
3068Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3069
3070@c @item \v
3071@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3072@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3073@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3074@c
361fa3a4 3075@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3076@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3077@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3078An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3079For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3080for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3081
361fa3a4 3082@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3083@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3084@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3085A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3086lower case @code{x} works.
3087
361fa3a4 3088@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3089@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3090@item \\
3091Represents one @samp{\} character.
3092
3093@c @item \'
3094@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3095@c This is needed in single character literals
3096@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3097@c a @samp{'}.
3098@c
361fa3a4 3099@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3100@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3101@item \"
3102Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3103this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3104
3105@item \ @var{anything-else}
3106Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3107assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3108you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3109interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3110other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3111code and warns you of the fact.
3112@end table
3113
3114Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3115varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3116the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3117compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3118sequence.
3119
3120@node Chars
3121@subsubsection Characters
3122
3123@cindex single character constant
3124@cindex character, single
3125@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3126A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3127that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3128@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3129as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3130character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3131the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3132accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3133@ifclear GENERIC
3134@ifclear abnormal-separator
3135(or semicolon @samp{;})
3136@end ifclear
3137@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3138@ifset H8
3139(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3140Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3141@end ifset
3142@end ifset
3143@end ifclear
3144immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3145and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3146constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3147that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3148@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3149
3150@node Numbers
3151@subsection Number Constants
3152
3153@cindex constants, number
3154@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3155@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3156are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3157would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3158integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3159are floating point numbers, described below.
3160
3161@menu
3162* Integers:: Integers
3163* Bignums:: Bignums
3164* Flonums:: Flonums
3165@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3166@end ifclear
3167@end menu
3168
3169@node Integers
3170@subsubsection Integers
3171@cindex integers
3172@cindex constants, integer
3173
3174@cindex binary integers
3175@cindex integers, binary
3176A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3177the binary digits @samp{01}.
3178
3179@cindex octal integers
3180@cindex integers, octal
3181An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3182digits (@samp{01234567}).
3183
3184@cindex decimal integers
3185@cindex integers, decimal
3186A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3187more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3188
3189@cindex hexadecimal integers
3190@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3191A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3192more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3193
3194Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3195the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3196(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3197
3198@node Bignums
3199@subsubsection Bignums
3200
3201@cindex bignums
3202@cindex constants, bignum
3203A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3204except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3205represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3206integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3207
3208@node Flonums
3209@subsubsection Flonums
3210@cindex flonums
3211@cindex floating point numbers
3212@cindex constants, floating point
3213
3214@cindex precision, floating point
3215A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3216indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3217@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3218sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3219to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3220portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3221
3222A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3223@itemize @bullet
3224@item
3225The digit @samp{0}.
3226@ifset HPPA
3227(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3228@end ifset
3229
3230@item
a4fb0134 3231A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3232@ifset GENERIC
3233@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3234@ignore
3235@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3236(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32374.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3238@end ignore
3239
a8eb42a8 3240On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3241one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3242
3243On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3244(in upper or lower case).
3245
252b5132
RH
3246On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3247@end ifset
3248@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3249@ifset ARC
3250One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3251@end ifset
3252@ifset H8
3253One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3254@end ifset
3255@ifset HPPA
3256The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3257@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3258@end ifclear
3259
3260@item
3261An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3262
3263@item
3264An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3265
3266@item
3267An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3268or more decimal digits.
3269
3270@item
3271An optional exponent, consisting of:
3272
3273@itemize @bullet
3274@item
3275An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3276@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3277@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3278@item
3279Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3280@item
3281One or more decimal digits.
3282@end itemize
3283
3284@end itemize
3285
3286At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3287present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3288
a4fb0134 3289@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3290independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3291@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3292
252b5132
RH
3293@node Sections
3294@chapter Sections and Relocation
3295@cindex sections
3296@cindex relocation
3297
3298@menu
3299* Secs Background:: Background
3300* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3301* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3302* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3303* bss:: bss Section
3304@end menu
3305
3306@node Secs Background
3307@section Background
3308
3309Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3310``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3311For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3312
3313@cindex linker, and assembler
3314@cindex assembler, and linker
3315The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3316combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3317emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3318@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3319different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3320oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3321sections.
3322
3323@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3324addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3325units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3326within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3327run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3328the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3329the proper run-time addresses.
3330@ifset H8
7be1c489 3331For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3332@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3333ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3334@end ifset
3335
3336@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3337An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3338of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3339@dfn{bss} sections.
3340
c1253627 3341@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3342@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3343When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3344@end ifset
a4fb0134 3345@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3346using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3347If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3348or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3349@end ifset
3350
3351@ifset HPPA
3352@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3353When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3354@end ifset
a4fb0134 3355@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3356specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3357@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3358(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3359assembler directives.
3360
3361@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3362Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3363text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3364is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3365BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3366@end ifset
3367@end ifset
3368
3369Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3370data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3371
3372@ifset HPPA
3373When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3374section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3375@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3376@end ifset
3377
3378To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3379relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3380object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3381@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3382file is mentioned:
3383@itemize @bullet
3384@item
3385Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3386an address?
3387@item
3388How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3389@item
3390Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3391@display
3392(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3393@end display
3394@item
3395Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3396@end itemize
3397
3398@cindex addresses, format of
3399@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3400In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3401@display
3402(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3403@end display
3404@noindent
a4fb0134 3405Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3406nature.
3407@ifset SOM
3408(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3409symbol-relative instead.)
3410@end ifset
3411
3412In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3413@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3414
3415Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3416@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3417addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3418@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3419@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3420data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3421their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3422part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3423address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3424
3425The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3426address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3427rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3428Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3429address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3430common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3431time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3432
3433By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3434the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3435sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3436customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3437the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3438data and bss sections.
3439
3440Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3441use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3442
3443@node Ld Sections
3444@section Linker Sections
3445@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3446
3447@table @strong
3448
c1253627 3449@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3450@cindex named sections
3451@cindex sections, named
3452@item named sections
3453@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3454@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3455@cindex text section
3456@cindex data section
3457@itemx text section
3458@itemx data section
3459@end ifset
a4fb0134 3460These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3461separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3462true of another.
a8eb42a8 3463@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3464When the program is running, however, it is
3465customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3466text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3467instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3468program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3469in the data section.
c1253627 3470@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3471
3472@cindex bss section
3473@item bss section
3474This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3475is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3476each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3477out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3478bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3479those explicit zeros from object files.
3480
3481@cindex absolute section
3482@item absolute section
3483Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3484This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3485not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3486addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3487
3488@cindex undefined section
3489@item undefined section
3490This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3491the preceding sections.
3492@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3493@end table
3494
3495@cindex relocation example
3496An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3497@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3498The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3499@end ifset
3500Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3501
3502@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3503@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3504@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3505@smallexample
3506 +-----+----+--+
3507partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3508 +-----+----+--+
3509
3510 text data bss
3511 seg. seg. seg.
3512
3513 +---+---+---+
3514partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3515 +---+---+---+
3516
3517 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3518linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3519 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3520
3521 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3522@end smallexample
3523@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3524@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3525@need 5000
3526@tex
c1253627 3527\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3528\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3529\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3530\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3531
3532\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3533\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3534\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3535
3536\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3537\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3538\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3539ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3540DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3541
3542\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3543\line{0\dots\hfil}
3544
3545@end tex
3546@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3547
3548@node As Sections
3549@section Assembler Internal Sections
3550
3551@cindex internal assembler sections
3552@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3553These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3554have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3555sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3556warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3557meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3558value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3559section-relative address.
3560
3561@table @b
3562@cindex assembler internal logic error
3563@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3564An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3565bug in the assembler.
3566
3567@cindex expr (internal section)
3568@item expr section
3569The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3570symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3571it in the expr section.
3572@c FIXME item debug
3573@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3574@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3575@c FIXME item register
3576@end table
3577
3578@node Sub-Sections
3579@section Sub-Sections
3580
3581@cindex numbered subsections
3582@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3583@ifset aout
252b5132 3584Assembled bytes
c1253627 3585@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3586conventionally
3587@end ifset
3588fall into two sections: text and data.
3589@end ifset
3590You may have separate groups of
3591@ifset GENERIC
3592data in named sections
3593@end ifset
3594@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3595@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3596data in named sections
3597@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3598@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3599text or data
3600@end ifset
3601@end ifclear
3602that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3603are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3604use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3605numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3606same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3607subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3608section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3609assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3610section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3611constants being output.
3612
3613Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3614goes in subsection number zero.
3615
3616@ifset GENERIC
3617Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3618(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3619of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3620@end ifset
3621@ifclear GENERIC
3622@ifset H8
7be1c489 3623On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3624boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3625The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3626@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3627@end ifclear
3628
3629Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3630to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3631The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3632other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3633They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3634data subsections as a data section.
3635
3636To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3637into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3638@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3639@ifset COFF
252b5132 3640@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3641When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3642@end ifset
3643@ifclear GENERIC
3644You
3645@end ifclear
3646can also use an extra subsection
3647argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3648@var{expression}}.
3649@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3650@ifset ELF
3651@ifset GENERIC
3652When generating ELF output, you
3653@end ifset
3654@ifclear GENERIC
3655You
3656@end ifclear
3657can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3658to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3659@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3660@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3661(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3662is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3663begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3664@smallexample
3665.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3666.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3667.text 1
3668.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3669.data 0
3670.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3671.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3672.text 0
3673.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3674.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3675@end smallexample
3676
3677Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3678assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3679restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3680counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3681@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3682current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3683assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3684
3685@node bss
3686@section bss Section
3687
3688@cindex bss section
3689@cindex common variable storage
3690The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3691You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3692not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3693your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3694section are zeroed bytes.
3695
3696The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3697@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3698
3699The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3700another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3701
3702@ifset GENERIC
3703When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3704COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3705see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3706section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3707@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3708@end ifset
3709
3710@node Symbols
3711@chapter Symbols
3712
3713@cindex symbols
3714Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3715things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3716to debug.
3717
3718@quotation
3719@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3720@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3721the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3722@end quotation
3723
3724@menu
3725* Labels:: Labels
3726* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3727* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3728* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3729* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3730@end menu
3731
3732@node Labels
3733@section Labels
3734
3735@cindex labels
3736A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3737@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3738active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3739operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3740different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3741definitions.
3742
3743@ifset HPPA
3744On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3745colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3746a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3747provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3748@end ifset
3749
3750@node Setting Symbols
3751@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3752
3753@cindex assigning values to symbols
3754@cindex symbol values, assigning
3755A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3756by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3757(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3758directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3759equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3760@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3761
f8739b83
JZ
3762@ifset Blackfin
3763Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3764@end ifset
3765
252b5132
RH
3766@node Symbol Names
3767@section Symbol Names
3768
3769@cindex symbol names
3770@cindex names, symbol
3771@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3772Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3773machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3774noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3775string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3776particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3777@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3778@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3779@ifset H8
3780Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3781Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3782character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3783on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3784@end ifset
3785@end ifset
3786
3787Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3788than @code{Foo}.
3789
ed1fcdd1
NC
3790Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3791Local Labels. See below.
3792
7bfd842d
NC
3793Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3794multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3795@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3796currently supported.
3797
252b5132
RH
3798Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3799refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3800in a program.
3801
3802@subheading Local Symbol Names
3803
3804@cindex local symbol names
3805@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3806A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3807By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3808@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3809set of local label prefixes.
3810@ifset HPPA
3811On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3812@end ifset
3813
3814Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3815normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3816You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3817to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3818
3819@subheading Local Labels
3820
3821@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3822@cindex temporary symbol names
3823@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3824Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3825programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3826be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3827referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3828the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3829To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3830@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3831to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3832stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3833
3834There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3835too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3836the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3837defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3838definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3839noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3840implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3841
3842Here is an example:
3843
3844@smallexample
38451: branch 1f
38462: branch 1b
38471: branch 2f
38482: branch 1b
3849@end smallexample
3850
3851Which is the equivalent of:
3852
3853@smallexample
3854label_1: branch label_3
3855label_2: branch label_1
3856label_3: branch label_4
3857label_4: branch label_3
3858@end smallexample
3859
ba83aca1 3860Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3861transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3862The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3863are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3864these parts:
252b5132
RH
3865
3866@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3867@item @emph{local label prefix}
3868All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3869Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3870that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3871used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3872@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3873object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3874you may use them in debugging.
3875
2d5aaba0
NC
3876@item @var{number}
3877This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3878label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3879
2d5aaba0
NC
3880@item @kbd{C-B}
3881This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3882of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3883
3884@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3885This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3886@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3887number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3888the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3889@end table
3890
ba83aca1
BW
3891So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3892the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3893
3894@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3895@cindex dollar local symbols
3896
ed1fcdd1
NC
3897On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3898local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3899become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3900valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3901by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3902by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3903
3904Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3905except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3906@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3907
3908They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3909names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3910to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3911@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3912
3913@node Dot
3914@section The Special Dot Symbol
3915
3916@cindex dot (symbol)
3917@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3918@cindex current address
3919@cindex location counter
3920The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3921@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3922.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3923Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3924directive.
252b5132 3925@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3926Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3927@samp{.space 4}.
3928@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3929
3930@node Symbol Attributes
3931@section Symbol Attributes
3932
3933@cindex symbol attributes
3934@cindex attributes, symbol
3935Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3936``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3937attributes.
3938@ifset INTERNALS
3939The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3940@end ifset
3941
a4fb0134 3942If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3943all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3944symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3945would want.
3946
3947@menu
3948* Symbol Value:: Value
3949* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3950@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3951* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3952@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3953@ifset COFF
3954* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3955@end ifset
3956@ifset SOM
3957* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3958@end ifset
3959@end menu
3960
3961@node Symbol Value
3962@subsection Value
3963
3964@cindex value of a symbol
3965@cindex symbol value
3966The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3967location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3968number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3969Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3970as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3971symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3972called absolute.
3973
3974The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39750 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3976@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3977same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3978name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3979common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3980bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3981allocated storage.
3982
3983@node Symbol Type
3984@subsection Type
3985
3986@cindex type of a symbol
3987@cindex symbol type
3988The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3989information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3990(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3991format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3992
a8eb42a8 3993@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3994@node a.out Symbols
3995@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3996
3997@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3998@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3999
252b5132
RH
4000@menu
4001* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4002* Symbol Other:: Other
4003@end menu
4004
4005@node Symbol Desc
4006@subsubsection Descriptor
4007
4008@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4009This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4010descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4011(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4012@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4013
4014@node Symbol Other
4015@subsubsection Other
4016
4017@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4018This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4019@end ifset
4020
4021@ifset COFF
4022@node COFF Symbols
4023@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4024
4025@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4026@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4027
4028The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4029like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4030@code{.endef} directives.
4031
4032@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4033
4034@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4035The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4036respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4037
4038@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4039
4040@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4041The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4042@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4043table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4044@end ifset
4045
4046@ifset SOM
4047@node SOM Symbols
4048@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4049
4050@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4051@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4052
4053The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4054the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4055
01642c12 4056The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4057Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4058@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4059@end ifset
4060
4061@node Expressions
4062@chapter Expressions
4063
4064@cindex expressions
4065@cindex addresses
4066@cindex numeric values
4067An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4068Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4069
4070The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4071a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4072enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4073section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4074the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4075@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4076
4077@menu
4078* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4079* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4080@end menu
4081
4082@node Empty Exprs
4083@section Empty Expressions
4084
4085@cindex empty expressions
4086@cindex expressions, empty
4087An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4088Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4089expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4090is compatible with other assemblers.
4091
4092@node Integer Exprs
4093@section Integer Expressions
4094
4095@cindex integer expressions
4096@cindex expressions, integer
4097An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4098by @emph{operators}.
4099
4100@menu
4101* Arguments:: Arguments
4102* Operators:: Operators
4103* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4104* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4105@end menu
4106
4107@node Arguments
4108@subsection Arguments
4109
4110@cindex expression arguments
4111@cindex arguments in expressions
4112@cindex operands in expressions
4113@cindex arithmetic operands
4114@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4115contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4116this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4117the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4118expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4119instruction operands.
4120
4121Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4122@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4123or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4124integer.
4125
4126Numbers are usually integers.
4127
4128A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4129that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4130these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4131instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4132assemblers.
4133
4134@cindex subexpressions
4135Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4136expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4137operator followed by an argument.
4138
4139@node Operators
4140@subsection Operators
4141
4142@cindex operators, in expressions
4143@cindex arithmetic functions
4144@cindex functions, in expressions
4145@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4146operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4147between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4148whitespace.
4149
4150@node Prefix Ops
4151@subsection Prefix Operator
4152
4153@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4154@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4155one argument, which must be absolute.
4156
4157@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4158@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4159@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4160@tex
4161\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4162@end tex
4163
4164@table @code
4165@item -
4166@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4167@item ~
4168@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4169@end table
4170
4171@tex
4172\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4173@end tex
4174
4175@node Infix Ops
4176@subsection Infix Operators
4177
4178@cindex infix operators
4179@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4180@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4181have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4182to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4183absolute, and the result is absolute.
4184
4185@enumerate
4186@cindex operator precedence
4187@cindex precedence of operators
4188
4189@item
4190Highest Precedence
4191
4192@table @code
4193@item *
4194@dfn{Multiplication}.
4195
4196@item /
4197@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4198
4199@item %
4200@dfn{Remainder}.
4201
d1eac9d9 4202@item <<
252b5132
RH
4203@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4204
d1eac9d9 4205@item >>
252b5132
RH
4206@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4207@end table
4208
4209@item
4210Intermediate precedence
4211
4212@table @code
4213@item |
4214
4215@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4216
4217@item &
4218@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4219
4220@item ^
4221@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4222
4223@item !
4224@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4225@end table
4226
4227@item
b131d4dc 4228Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4229
4230@table @code
4231@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4232@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4233@cindex arguments for addition
4234@item +
4235@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4236the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4237sections.
4238
4239@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4240@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4241@cindex arguments for subtraction
4242@item -
4243@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4244result has the section of the left argument.
4245If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4246You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4247@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4248
4249@cindex comparison expressions
4250@cindex expressions, comparison
4251@item ==
4252@dfn{Is Equal To}
4253@item <>
723a8472 4254@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4255@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4256@item <
4257@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4258@item >
b131d4dc 4259@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4260@item >=
b131d4dc 4261@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4262@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4263@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4264
4265The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4266value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4267perform signed comparisons.
4268@end table
4269
4270@item Lowest Precedence
4271
4272@table @code
4273@item &&
4274@dfn{Logical And}.
4275
4276@item ||
4277@dfn{Logical Or}.
4278
4279These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4280expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4281value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4282or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4283
252b5132
RH
4284@end table
4285@end enumerate
4286
4287In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4288address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4289
4290@node Pseudo Ops
4291@chapter Assembler Directives
4292
4293@cindex directives, machine independent
4294@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4295@cindex machine independent directives
4296All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4297The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4298in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4299
4300This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4301target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4302@ifset GENERIC
4303Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4304@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4305@end ifset
4306@ifclear GENERIC
4307@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4308@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4309@end ifset
4310@end ifclear
4311
4312@menu
4313* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4314@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4315* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4316@end ifset
f0dc282c 4317
252b5132 4318* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4319* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4320* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4321* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4322* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4323* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4324* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4325* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4326* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4327* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4328* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4329* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4330* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4331@ifset COFF
4332* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4333@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4334@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4335* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4336@end ifset
4337@ifset COFF
4338* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4339@end ifset
f0dc282c 4340
252b5132
RH
4341* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4342* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4343* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4344* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4345* End:: @code{.end}
4346@ifset COFF
4347* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4348@end ifset
f0dc282c 4349
252b5132
RH
4350* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4351* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4352* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4353* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4354* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4355* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4356* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4357* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4358* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4359* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4360* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4361* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4362* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4363* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4364* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4365@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4366* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4367* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4368@end ifset
f0dc282c 4369
252b5132
RH
4370* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4371* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4372* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4373* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4374* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4375* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4376@ifset ELF
4377* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4378@end ifset
f0dc282c 4379
252b5132
RH
4380* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4381* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4382* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4383* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4384@ifclear no-line-dir
4385* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4386@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4387
252b5132
RH
4388* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4389* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4390* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4391* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4392* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4393@ifset ELF
4394* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4395@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4396
252b5132
RH
4397* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4398@ignore
4399* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4400@end ignore
f0dc282c 4401
252b5132
RH
4402* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4403* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4404* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4405* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4406* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4407* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4408* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4409* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4410* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4411@ifset ELF
4412* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4413* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4414@end ifset
f0dc282c 4415
252b5132 4416* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4417@ifset ELF
4418* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4419@end ifset
f0dc282c 4420
252b5132
RH
4421* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4422* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4423@ifset ELF
4424* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4425@end ifset
f0dc282c 4426
252b5132 4427* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4428* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4429* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4430* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4431@ifset COFF
4432* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4433@end ifset
4434@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4435* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4436@end ifset
f0dc282c 4437
252b5132
RH
4438* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4439* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4440* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4441@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4442* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4443@end ifset
884f0d36 4444@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4445* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4446@end ifclear
4447
252b5132 4448* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4449@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4450* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4451@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4452@ifset have-stabs
4453* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4454@end ifset
f0dc282c 4455
38a57ae7 4456* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4457* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4458@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4459* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4460* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4461@end ifset
f0dc282c 4462
252b5132
RH
4463@ifset COFF
4464* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4465@end ifset
f0dc282c 4466
252b5132
RH
4467* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4468* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4469@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4470* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4471@end ifset
4472
c91d2e08 4473* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4474@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4475* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4476@end ifset
f0dc282c 4477
2e13b764 4478@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4479* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4480* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4481* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4482@end ifset
f0dc282c 4483
d190d046 4484* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4485* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4486* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4487* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4488@ifclear no-space-dir
4489* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4490@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4491@ifset ELF
4492* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4493* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4494* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4495@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4496* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4497@end menu
4498
4499@node Abort
4500@section @code{.abort}
4501
4502@cindex @code{abort} directive
4503@cindex stopping the assembly
4504This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4505compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4506assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4507of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4508quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4509
4510@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4511@node ABORT (COFF)
4512@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4513
4514@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4515When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4516synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4517
252b5132
RH
4518@end ifset
4519
4520@node Align
4521@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4522
4523@cindex padding the location counter
4524@cindex @code{align} directive
4525Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4526boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4527required, as described below.
4528
4529The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4530padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4531padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4532marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4533with no-op instructions.
4534
4535The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4536it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4537directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4538specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4539fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4540required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4541with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4542
4543The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4544For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4545s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4546alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4547the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4548is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4549first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4550
9e9a9798 4551For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4552strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4553number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4554advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4555counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4556multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4557
4558This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4559native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4560GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4561described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4562architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4563
ccf8a69b
BW
4564@node Altmacro
4565@section @code{.altmacro}
4566Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4567
4568@ftable @code
4569@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4570One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4571generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4572replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4573replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4574separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4575define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4576
4577@item String delimiters
4578You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4579@code{"@var{string}"}:
4580
4581@table @code
4582@item '@var{string}'
4583You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4584
4585@item <@var{string}>
4586You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4587@end table
4588
4589@item single-character string escape
4590To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4591character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4592character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4593write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4594
4595@item Expression results as strings
4596You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4597and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4598@end ftable
4599
252b5132
RH
4600@node Ascii
4601@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4602
4603@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4604@cindex string literals
4605@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4606separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4607trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4608
4609@node Asciz
4610@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4611
4612@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4613@cindex zero-terminated strings
4614@cindex null-terminated strings
4615@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4616a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4617
4618@node Balign
4619@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4620
4621@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4622@cindex @code{balign} directive
4623Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4624storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4625alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4626the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4627is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4628
4629The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4630padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4631padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4632marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4633with no-op instructions.
4634
4635The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4636it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4637directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4638specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4639fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4640required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4641with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4642
4643@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4644@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4645The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4646@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4647pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4648fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46494,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4650filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4651the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4652undefined.
4653
fa94de6b 4654@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4655@section Bundle directives
4656@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4657@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4658@cindex bundle
4659@cindex instruction bundle
4660@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4661@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4662bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4663into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4664disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4665gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4666@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4667
4668For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4669certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4670instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4671@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4672chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4673effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4674instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4675that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4676end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4677starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4678instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4679
d3b47e2b 4680@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4681@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4682@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4683The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4684allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4685are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4686aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4687@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4688directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4689
4690@cindex bundle-locked
4691For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4692appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4693instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4694and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4695instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4696sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4697@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4698entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4699boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4700first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4701aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4702bundle size.
4703
d416e51d
RM
4704For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4705inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4706nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4707@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4708matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4709same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4710
252b5132
RH
4711@node Byte
4712@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4713
4714@cindex @code{byte} directive
4715@cindex integers, one byte
4716@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4717Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4718
54cfded0 4719@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4720@section CFI directives
4721@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4722@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4723@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4724should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4725If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4726if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4727To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4728directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4729
2f0c68f2
CM
4730On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4731by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4732
bd5608dc
NC
4733Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4734which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4735
4736The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4737arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4738generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4739redefine it will result in an error.
4740
d3b47e2b 4741@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4742@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4743@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4744should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4745data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4746@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4747
01642c12 4748Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4749it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4750
d3b47e2b 4751@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4752@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4753@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4754unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4755@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4756
d3b47e2b 4757@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4758@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4759@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4760@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4761should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4762argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4763a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4764the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4765can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4766The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4767no personality routine.
4768
2f0c68f2
CM
4769@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4770@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4771@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4772defined in a compact unwinding format.
4773Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4774with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4775
4776@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4777@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4778@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4779used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4780@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4781in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4782Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4783with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4784
d3b47e2b 4785@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4786@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4787@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4788should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4789argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4790or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4791meaning that no LSDA is present.
4792
4793@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4794@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4795switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4796Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4797Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4798with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4799
4800The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4801so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4802referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4803in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4804by a section directive.
4805
4806The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4807The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4808@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4809
d3b47e2b 4810@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4811@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4812address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4813
d3b47e2b 4814@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4815@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4816now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4817remains the same.
4818
d3b47e2b 4819@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4820@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4821remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4822absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4823CFA address.
4824
d3b47e2b 4825@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4826Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4827value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4828
d3b47e2b 4829@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4830Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4831CFA.
54cfded0 4832
084303b8
AK
4833@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4834Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4835
d3b47e2b 4836@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4837Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4838the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4839using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4840This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4841code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4842
d3b47e2b 4843@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4844Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4845
d3b47e2b 4846@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4847@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4848same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4849instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4850
d3b47e2b 4851@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4852From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4853
d3b47e2b 4854@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4855Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4856i.e. no restoration needed.
4857
48eac74c
MG
4858@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4859@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4860implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4861places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4862multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4863flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4864the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4865
4866@smallexample
4867 je label
4868 popq %rbx
4869 .cfi_restore %rbx
4870 popq %r12
4871 .cfi_restore %r12
4872 popq %rbp
4873 .cfi_restore %rbp
4874 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4875 ret
4876label:
4877 /* Do something else */
4878@end smallexample
4879
4880Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4881to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4882@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4883locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4884@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4885we can write:
4886
4887@smallexample
4888 je label
4889 popq %rbx
4890 .cfi_remember_state
4891 .cfi_restore %rbx
4892 popq %r12
4893 .cfi_restore %r12
4894 popq %rbp
4895 .cfi_restore %rbp
4896 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4897 ret
4898label:
4899 .cfi_restore_state
4900 /* Do something else */
4901@end smallexample
4902
4903That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4904as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4905@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4906
d3b47e2b 4907@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4908Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4909directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4910
d3b47e2b 4911@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4912Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4913
d3b47e2b 4914@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4915SPARC register window has been saved.
4916
d3b47e2b 4917@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4918Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4919might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4920opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4921
d3b47e2b 4922@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4923The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4924will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4925description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4926
4927The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4928limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4929mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4930by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4931or another register.
4932
ccf8a69b
BW
4933@node Comm
4934@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4935
ccf8a69b
BW
4936@cindex @code{comm} directive
4937@cindex symbol, common
4938@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4939common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4940of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4941definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4942allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4943absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4944the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4945using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4946
c1711530
DK
4947@ifset COFF-ELF
4948When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4949an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4950specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4951that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4952as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4953boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4954power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4955common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4956alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4957largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4958maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4959is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4960@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4961multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4962It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4963(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4964@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4965
ccf8a69b
BW
4966@ifset HPPA
4967The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4968@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4969@end ifset
07a53e5c 4970
252b5132
RH
4971@node Data
4972@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4973@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4974
a4fb0134 4975@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4976end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4977absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4978to zero.
4979
340d33e5
NC
4980@node Dc
4981@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4982@cindex @code{dc} directive
4983
46c685ac 4984The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4985commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4986current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4987@code{.dc} directive:
4988
4989@table @code
4990@item @samp{.a}
4991Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
4992@item @samp{.b}
4993Emits 8-bit values.
4994@item @samp{.d}
4995Emits double precision floating-point values.
4996@item @samp{.l}
4997Emits 32-bit values.
4998@item @samp{.s}
4999Emits single precision floating-point values.
5000@item @samp{.w}
5001Emits 16-bit values.
5002Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
500332-bit values.
5004@item @samp{.x}
5005Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5006@end table
5007
5008If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5009
d7c79856
MR
5010The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5011point values.
340d33e5
NC
5012
5013@node Dcb
5014@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5015@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5016This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5017bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5018comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5019@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5020
5021@table @code
5022@item @samp{.b}
5023Emits single byte values.
5024@item @samp{.d}
5025Emits double-precision floating point values.
5026@item @samp{.l}
5027Emits 4-byte values.
5028@item @samp{.s}
5029Emits single-precision floating point values.
5030@item @samp{.w}
5031Emits 2-byte values.
5032@item @samp{.x}
5033Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5034@end table
5035
5036If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5037
5038The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5039point values.
5040
5041@node Ds
5042@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5043@cindex @code{ds} directive
5044This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5045bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5046comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5047@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5048
5049@table @code
5050@item @samp{.b}
5051Emits single byte values.
5052@item @samp{.d}
5053Emits 8-byte values.
5054@item @samp{.l}
5055Emits 4-byte values.
5056@item @samp{.p}
5057Emits 12-byte values.
5058@item @samp{.s}
5059Emits 4-byte values.
5060@item @samp{.w}
5061Emits 2-byte values.
5062@item @samp{.x}
5063Emits 12-byte values.
5064@end table
5065
5066Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5067suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5068
5069If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5070
d7c79856 5071The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5072
5073
252b5132
RH
5074@ifset COFF
5075@node Def
5076@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5077
5078@cindex @code{def} directive
5079@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5080@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5081Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5082definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5083@end ifset
5084
a8eb42a8 5085@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5086@node Desc
5087@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5088
5089@cindex @code{desc} directive
5090@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5091@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5092This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5093to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5094
5095@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5096The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5097configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5098object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5099it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5100@end ifset
5101@end ifset
5102
5103@ifset COFF
5104@node Dim
5105@section @code{.dim}
5106
5107@cindex @code{dim} directive
5108@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5109@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5110This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5111information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5112@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5113@end ifset
5114
5115@node Double
5116@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5117
5118@cindex @code{double} directive
5119@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5120@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5121assembles floating point numbers.
5122@ifset GENERIC
5123The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5124@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5125@end ifset
5126@ifclear GENERIC
5127@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5128On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5129in @sc{ieee} format.
5130@end ifset
5131@end ifclear
5132
5133@node Eject
5134@section @code{.eject}
5135
5136@cindex @code{eject} directive
5137@cindex new page, in listings
5138@cindex page, in listings
5139@cindex listing control: new page
5140Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5141
5142@node Else
5143@section @code{.else}
5144
5145@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5146@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5147assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5148of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5149was false.
5150
3fd9f047
TW
5151@node Elseif
5152@section @code{.elseif}
5153
5154@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5155@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5156assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5157@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5158
252b5132
RH
5159@node End
5160@section @code{.end}
5161
5162@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5163@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5164process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5165
5166@ifset COFF
5167@node Endef
5168@section @code{.endef}
5169
5170@cindex @code{endef} directive
5171This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5172@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5173@end ifset
5174
5175@node Endfunc
5176@section @code{.endfunc}
5177@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5178@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5179
5180@node Endif
5181@section @code{.endif}
5182
5183@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5184@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5185it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5186conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5187
5188@node Equ
5189@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5190
5191@cindex @code{equ} directive
5192@cindex assigning values to symbols
5193@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5194This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5195It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5196
5197@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5198The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5199@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5200@end ifset
5201
3c9b82ba 5202@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5203The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5204@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5205On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5206but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5207Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5208@end ifset
5209
252b5132
RH
5210@node Equiv
5211@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5212@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5213The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5214the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5215symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5216undefined.
252b5132 5217
01642c12 5218Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5219@smallexample
5220.ifdef SYM
5221.err
5222.endif
5223.equ SYM,VAL
5224@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5225plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5226
5227@node Eqv
5228@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5229@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5230The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5231evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5232the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5233value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5234
5235@node Err
5236@section @code{.err}
5237@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5238If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5239message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5240object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5241
d190d046
HPN
5242@node Error
5243@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5244@cindex error directive
5245
5246Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5247string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5248message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5249@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5250
5251@smallexample
5252 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5253@end smallexample
5254
252b5132
RH
5255@node Exitm
5256@section @code{.exitm}
5257Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5258
5259@node Extern
5260@section @code{.extern}
5261
5262@cindex @code{extern} directive
5263@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5264with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5265all undefined symbols as external.
5266
5267@node Fail
5268@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5269
5270@cindex @code{fail} directive
5271Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5272or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5273than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5274include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5275complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5276
252b5132 5277@node File
14082c76 5278@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5279@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5280
5281@ifclear no-file-dir
5282There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5283that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5284@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5285
5286@subheading Default Version
5287
252b5132
RH
5288@cindex logical file name
5289@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5290This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5291are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5292
5293@smallexample
5294.file @var{string}
5295@end smallexample
5296
5297@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5298recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5299to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5300statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5301old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5302
5303@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5304@end ifclear
5305
14082c76
BW
5306When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5307to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5308
5309@smallexample
5310.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5311@end smallexample
5312
5313The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5314index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5315literal.
5316
5317The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5318table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5319information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5320entries will have.
5321
252b5132
RH
5322@node Fill
5323@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5324
5325@cindex @code{fill} directive
5326@cindex writing patterns in memory
5327@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5328@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5329This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5330may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5331more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5332other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5333is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5334zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5335byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5336Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5337@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5338compatible with other people's assemblers.
5339
5340@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5341If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5342assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5343@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5344
5345@node Float
5346@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5347
5348@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5349@cindex @code{float} directive
5350This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5351has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5352@ifset GENERIC
5353The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5354@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5355@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5356@end ifset
5357@ifclear GENERIC
5358@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5359On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5360in @sc{ieee} format.
5361@end ifset
5362@end ifclear
5363
5364@node Func
5365@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5366@cindex @code{func} directive
5367@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5368is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5369Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5370@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5371prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5372@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5373All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5374The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5375
5376@node Global
5377@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5378
5379@cindex @code{global} directive
5380@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5381@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5382@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5383other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5384@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5385from another file linked into the same program.
5386
5387Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5388compatibility with other assemblers.
5389
5390@ifset HPPA
5391On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5392partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5393@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5394@end ifset
5395
c91d2e08 5396@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5397@node Gnu_attribute
5398@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5399Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5400
c91d2e08
NC
5401@node Hidden
5402@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5403
c1253627
NC
5404@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5405@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5406This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5407@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5408@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5409
5410This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5411their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5412@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5413Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5414@end ifset
5415
252b5132
RH
5416@node hword
5417@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5418
5419@cindex @code{hword} directive
5420@cindex integers, 16-bit
5421@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5422@cindex sixteen bit integers
5423This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5424a 16 bit number for each.
5425
5426@ifset GENERIC
5427This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5428architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5429@end ifset
5430@ifclear GENERIC
5431@ifset W32
5432This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5433@end ifset
5434@ifset W16
5435This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5436@end ifset
5437@end ifclear
5438
5439@node Ident
5440@section @code{.ident}
5441
5442@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5443
5444This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5445behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5446a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5447source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5448for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5449@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5450emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5451
5452@node If
5453@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5454
5455@cindex conditional assembly
5456@cindex @code{if} directive
5457@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5458considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5459(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5460the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5461(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5462alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5463If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5464nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5465
5466The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5467@table @code
5468@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5469@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5470Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5471has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5472is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5473
26aca5f6
JB
5474@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5475@item .ifb @var{text}
5476Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5477
252b5132
RH
5478@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5479@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5480Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5481strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5482the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5483end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5484string comparison is case sensitive.
5485
5486@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5487@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5488Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5489
5490@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5491@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5492Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5493
5494@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5495@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5496Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5497equal to zero.
5498
5499@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5500@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5501Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5502
5503@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5504@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5505Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5506to zero.
5507
5508@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5509@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5510Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5511
26aca5f6
JB
5512@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5513@item .ifnb @var{text}
5514Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5515following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5516
252b5132
RH
5517@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5518@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5519Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5520following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5521
5522@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5523@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5524@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5525@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5526Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5527has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5528which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5529
5530@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5531@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5532Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5533(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5534
5535@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5536@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5537Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5538following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5539@end table
5540
7e005732
NC
5541@node Incbin
5542@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5543
5544@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5545@cindex binary files, including
5546The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5547location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5548option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5549around @var{file}.
5550
5551The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5552@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5553read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5554responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5555after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5556
252b5132
RH
5557@node Include
5558@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5559
5560@cindex @code{include} directive
5561@cindex supporting files, including
5562@cindex files, including
5563This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5564points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5565if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5566included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5567can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5568(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5569around @var{file}.
5570
5571@node Int
5572@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5573
5574@cindex @code{int} directive
5575@cindex integers, 32-bit
5576Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5577For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5578expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5579of target the assembly is for.
5580
5581@ifclear GENERIC
5582@ifset H8
7be1c489 5583On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5584integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
558532-bit integers.
5586@end ifset
5587@end ifclear
5588
c91d2e08
NC
5589@ifset ELF
5590@node Internal
5591@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5592
c1253627
NC
5593@cindex @code{internal} directive
5594@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5595This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5596@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5597@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5598
5599This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5600their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5601@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5602(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5603processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5604@end ifset
5605
252b5132
RH
5606@node Irp
5607@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5608
5609@cindex @code{irp} directive
5610Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5611The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5612terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5613set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5614@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5615@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5616sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5617
5618For example, assembling
5619
5620@example
5621 .irp param,1,2,3
5622 move d\param,sp@@-
5623 .endr
5624@end example
5625
5626is equivalent to assembling
5627
5628@example
5629 move d1,sp@@-
5630 move d2,sp@@-
5631 move d3,sp@@-
5632@end example
5633
96e9638b 5634For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5635
252b5132
RH
5636@node Irpc
5637@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5638
5639@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5640Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5641The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5642terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5643@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5644assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5645assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5646@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5647
5648For example, assembling
5649
5650@example
5651 .irpc param,123
5652 move d\param,sp@@-
5653 .endr
5654@end example
5655
5656is equivalent to assembling
5657
5658@example
5659 move d1,sp@@-
5660 move d2,sp@@-
5661 move d3,sp@@-
5662@end example
5663
5e75c3ab
JB
5664For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5665at @xref{Macro}.
5666
252b5132
RH
5667@node Lcomm
5668@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5669
5670@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5671@cindex local common symbols
5672@cindex symbols, local common
5673Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5674denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5675those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5676section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5677is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5678not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5679
5680@ifset GENERIC
5681Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5682argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5683@end ifset
5684
5685@ifset HPPA
5686The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5687@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5688@end ifset
5689
5690@node Lflags
5691@section @code{.lflags}
5692
5693@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5694@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5695assemblers, but ignores it.
5696
5697@ifclear no-line-dir
5698@node Line
5699@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5700
5701@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5702@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5703@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5704Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5705expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5706statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5707reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5708@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5709for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5710@end ifset
5711
252b5132 5712Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5713@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5714when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5715were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5716@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5717
5718Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5719used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5720debugging.
5721@end ifclear
5722
5723@node Linkonce
5724@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5725@cindex COMDAT
5726@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5727@cindex common sections
5728Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5729This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5730but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5731The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5732Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5733unique.
5734
5735This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5736writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5737Executable format used on Windows NT.
5738
5739The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5740following strings. For example:
5741@smallexample
5742.linkonce same_size
5743@end smallexample
5744Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5745
5746@table @code
5747@item discard
5748Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5749
5750@item one_only
5751Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5752
5753@item same_size
5754Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5755
5756@item same_contents
5757Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5758@end table
5759
ccf8a69b
BW
5760@node List
5761@section @code{.list}
5762
5763@cindex @code{list} directive
5764@cindex listing control, turning on
5765Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5766not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5767internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5768counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5769generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5770
5771By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5772@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5773the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5774
252b5132
RH
5775@node Ln
5776@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5777
5778@cindex @code{ln} directive
5779@ifclear no-line-dir
5780@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5781@end ifclear
5782@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5783Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5784must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5785line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5786statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5787line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5788@end ifset
5789
ccf8a69b
BW
5790@node Loc
5791@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5792@cindex @code{loc} directive
5793When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5794the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5795number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5796instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5797arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5798the row is added.
252b5132 5799
ccf8a69b
BW
5800The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5801
5802@table @code
5803@item basic_block
5804This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5805@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5806
5807@item prologue_end
5808This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5809@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5810
5811@item epilogue_begin
5812This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5813@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5814
5815@item is_stmt @var{value}
5816This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5817@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5818either 0 or 1.
5819
5820@item isa @var{value}
5821This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5822state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5823
92846e72
CC
5824@item discriminator @var{value}
5825This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5826state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5827
ba8826a8
AO
5828@item view @var{value}
5829This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5830current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5831instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5832@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5833@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5834directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5835@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5836that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5837location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5838the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5839@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5840
ccf8a69b
BW
5841@end table
5842
5843@node Loc_mark_labels
5844@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5845@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5846When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5847the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5848to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5849register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5850The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5851this function respectively.
252b5132 5852
4d4175af
BW
5853@ifset ELF
5854@node Local
5855@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5856
5857@cindex @code{local} directive
5858This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5859the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5860will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5861they will be created.
5862
5863For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5864accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5865the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5866(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5867@end ifset
5868
252b5132
RH
5869@node Long
5870@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5871
5872@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5873@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5874
5875@ignore
5876@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5877@c what it really ought to do
5878@node Lsym
5879@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5880
5881@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5882@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5883@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5884the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5885rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5886the same as the expression value:
5887@smallexample
5888@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5889@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5890@var{value} = @var{expression}
5891@end smallexample
5892@noindent
5893The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5894@end ignore
5895
5896@node Macro
5897@section @code{.macro}
5898
5899@cindex macros
5900The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5901generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5902@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5903
5904@example
5905 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5906 .long \from
5907 .if \to-\from
5908 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5909 .endif
5910 .endm
5911@end example
5912
5913@noindent
5914With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5915
5916@example
5917 .long 0
5918 .long 1
5919 .long 2
5920 .long 3
5921 .long 4
5922 .long 5
5923@end example
5924
5925@ftable @code
5926@item .macro @var{macname}
5927@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5928@cindex @code{macro} directive
5929Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5930definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5931separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5932indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5933@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5934(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5935macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5936cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5937subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5938definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5939
5940@table @code
5941@item .macro comm
5942Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5943arguments.
5944
6258339f 5945@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5946@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5947Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5948which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5949@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5950
5951@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5952Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5953arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5954After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5955@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5956@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5957,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5958@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5959
6eaeac8a
JB
5960@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5961Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5962arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5963not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5964will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5965
252b5132
RH
5966When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5967position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5968@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5969
6258339f
NC
5970@end table
5971
5e75c3ab
JB
5972Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5973as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5974occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5975characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5976(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5977architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5978character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5979replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5980construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5981identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5982this macro definition:
5983
5984@example
5985 .macro label l
5986\l:
5987 .endm
5988@end example
5989
5990might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5991called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5992assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5993identifier.
5994
5995Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5996which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5997for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5998length specifier like this:
5999
6000@example
6001 .macro opcode base length
6002 \base.\length
6003 .endm
6004@end example
6005
6006and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6007instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6008interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6009
6010There are several possible ways around this problem:
6011
6012@table @code
6013@item Insert white space
6014If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6015solution. eg:
6016
6017@example
6018 .macro label l
6019\l :
6020 .endm
6021@end example
6022
6023@item Use @samp{\()}
6024The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6025the following text. eg:
6026
6027@example
6028 .macro opcode base length
6029 \base\().\length
6030 .endm
6031@end example
6032
6033@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6034In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6035used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6036
6037@example
6038 .altmacro
6039 .macro label l
6040l&:
6041 .endm
6042@end example
6258339f 6043@end table
5e75c3ab 6044
96e9638b 6045Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6046also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6047and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6048
252b5132
RH
6049@item .endm
6050@cindex @code{endm} directive
6051Mark the end of a macro definition.
6052
6053@item .exitm
6054@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6055Exit early from the current macro definition.
6056
6057@cindex number of macros executed
6058@cindex macros, count executed
6059@item \@@
a4fb0134 6060@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6061executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6062output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6063
252b5132
RH
6064@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6065@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6066macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6067@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6068@end ftable
252b5132 6069
ccf8a69b
BW
6070@node MRI
6071@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6072
ccf8a69b
BW
6073@cindex @code{mri} directive
6074@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6075If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6076@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6077affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6078of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6079
caa32fe5
NC
6080@node Noaltmacro
6081@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6082Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6083
252b5132
RH
6084@node Nolist
6085@section @code{.nolist}
6086
6087@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6088@cindex listing control, turning off
6089Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6090not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6091internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6092counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6093generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6094
8f065d3b
L
6095@node Nops
6096@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6097
8f065d3b 6098@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6099@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6100This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6101@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6102@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6103the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6104zero.
6105
6106Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6107the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6108are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6109older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6110tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6111instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6112
252b5132
RH
6113@node Octa
6114@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6115
a8eb42a8 6116@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6117@cindex @code{octa} directive
6118@cindex integer, 16-byte
6119@cindex sixteen byte integer
6120This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6121bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6122
6123The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6124hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6125
9aec2026
NC
6126@node Offset
6127@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6128
6129@cindex @code{offset} directive
6130Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6131be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6132symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6133directive.
9aec2026 6134
252b5132
RH
6135@node Org
6136@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6137
6138@cindex @code{org} directive
6139@cindex location counter, advancing
6140@cindex advancing location counter
6141@cindex current address, advancing
6142Advance the location counter of the current section to
6143@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6144expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6145you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6146wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6147with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6148@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6149is the same as the current subsection.
6150
6151@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6152unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6153backwards.
6154
6155@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6156@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6157@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6158Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6159may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6160a chance to share your improved assembler.
6161
6162Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6163to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6164people's assemblers.
6165
6166When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6167intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6168absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6169@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6170
6171@node P2align
6172@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6173
6174@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6175@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6176Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6177storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6178number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6179advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6180counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6181multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6182
6183The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6184padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6185padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6186marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6187with no-op instructions.
6188
6189The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6190it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6191directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6192specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6193fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6194required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6195with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6196
6197@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6198@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6199The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6200@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6201pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6202fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62032,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6204filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6205the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6206undefined.
6207
ccf8a69b
BW
6208@ifset ELF
6209@node PopSection
6210@section @code{.popsection}
6211
6212@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6213@cindex Section Stack
6214This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6215@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6216@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6217(@pxref{Previous}).
6218
6219This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6220section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6221stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6222@end ifset
6223
c91d2e08
NC
6224@ifset ELF
6225@node Previous
6226@section @code{.previous}
6227
c1253627 6228@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6229@cindex Section Stack
6230This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6231@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6232@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6233(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6234
6235This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6236referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6237@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6238subsections). For example:
6239
6240@smallexample
6241.section A
6242 .subsection 1
6243 .word 0x1234
6244 .subsection 2
6245 .word 0x5678
6246.previous
6247 .word 0x9abc
6248@end smallexample
6249
6250Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6251section A. Whilst:
6252
6253@smallexample
6254.section A
6255.subsection 1
6256 # Now in section A subsection 1
6257 .word 0x1234
6258.section B
6259.subsection 0
6260 # Now in section B subsection 0
6261 .word 0x5678
6262.subsection 1
6263 # Now in section B subsection 1
6264 .word 0x9abc
6265.previous
6266 # Now in section B subsection 0
6267 .word 0xdef0
6268@end smallexample
6269
6270Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6271section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6272
6273In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6274the top section on the section stack.
6275@end ifset
6276
252b5132
RH
6277@node Print
6278@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6279
6280@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6281@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6282assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6283
c91d2e08
NC
6284@ifset ELF
6285@node Protected
6286@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6287
c1253627
NC
6288@cindex @code{protected} directive
6289@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6290This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6291@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6292
6293This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6294their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6295@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6296components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6297component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6298this.
c91d2e08
NC
6299@end ifset
6300
252b5132
RH
6301@node Psize
6302@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6303
6304@cindex @code{psize} directive
6305@cindex listing control: paper size
6306@cindex paper size, for listings
6307Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6308number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6309
6310If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6311of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6312default width is 200 columns.
6313
a4fb0134 6314@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6315lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6316@code{.eject}).
6317
6318If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6319those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6320
6321@node Purgem
6322@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6323
6324@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6325Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6326expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6327
c91d2e08
NC
6328@ifset ELF
6329@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6330@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6331
c1253627 6332@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6333@cindex Section Stack
6334This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6335@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6336@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6337(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6338
e9863d7f
DJ
6339This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6340top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6341subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6342@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6343as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6344@end ifset
6345
252b5132
RH
6346@node Quad
6347@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6348
6349@cindex @code{quad} directive
6350@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6351each bignum, it emits
6352@ifclear bignum-16
6353an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6354warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6355@cindex eight-byte integer
6356@cindex integer, 8-byte
6357
6358The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6359hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6360@end ifclear
6361@ifset bignum-16
6362a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6363warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6364@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6365@cindex integer, 16-byte
6366@end ifset
6367
05e9452c
AM
6368@node Reloc
6369@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6370
6371@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6372Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6373@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6374the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6375symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6376@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6377absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6378targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6379relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6380section.
6381
252b5132
RH
6382@node Rept
6383@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6384
6385@cindex @code{rept} directive
6386Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6387@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6388
6389For example, assembling
6390
6391@example
6392 .rept 3
6393 .long 0
6394 .endr
6395@end example
6396
6397is equivalent to assembling
6398
6399@example
6400 .long 0
6401 .long 0
6402 .long 0
6403@end example
6404
808811a3
NC
6405A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6406allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6407
252b5132
RH
6408@node Sbttl
6409@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6410
6411@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6412@cindex subtitles for listings
6413@cindex listing control: subtitle
6414Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6415title line) when generating assembly listings.
6416
6417This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6418it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6419
6420@ifset COFF
6421@node Scl
6422@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6423
6424@cindex @code{scl} directive
6425@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6426@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6427Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6428used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6429whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6430symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6431@end ifset
6432
c1253627 6433@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6434@node Section
c1253627 6435@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6436
252b5132
RH
6437@cindex named section
6438Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6439named @var{name}.
6440
6441This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6442named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6443with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6444
c1253627
NC
6445@ifset COFF
6446@ifset ELF
6447@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6448@subheading COFF Version
6449@end ifset
6450
6451@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6452For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6453ways:
c91d2e08 6454
252b5132
RH
6455@smallexample
6456.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6457.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6458@end smallexample
6459
6460If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6461section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6462
252b5132
RH
6463@table @code
6464@item b
6465bss section (uninitialized data)
6466@item n
6467section is not loaded
6468@item w
6469writable section
6470@item d
6471data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6472@item e
6473exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6474@item r
6475read-only section
6476@item x
6477executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6478@item s
6479shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6480@item a
6481ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6482@item y
6483section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6484@item 0-9
6485single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6486@end table
6487
6488If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6489the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6490loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6491from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6492will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6493
6494If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6495taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6496@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6497
6498@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6499@ifset COFF
6500@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6501@subheading ELF Version
6502@end ifset
6503
c91d2e08
NC
6504@cindex Section Stack
6505This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6506@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6507(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6508@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6509
c1253627 6510@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6511For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6512
252b5132 6513@smallexample
7047dd1e 6514.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6515@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6516
451133ce
NP
6517@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6518@kindex --sectname-subst
6519@cindex section name substitution
6520If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6521argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6522at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6523
6524@smallexample
6525.macro exception_code
6526.section %S.exception
6527[exception code here]
6528.previous
6529.endm
6530
6531.text
6532[code]
6533exception_code
6534[...]
6535
6536.section .init
6537[init code]
6538exception_code
6539[...]
6540@end smallexample
6541
6542The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6543@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6544This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6545tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6546need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6547macros just for that purpose.
6548
252b5132 6549The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6550combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6551
252b5132
RH
6552@table @code
6553@item a
6554section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6555@item d
6556section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6557@item e
6558section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6559@item w
6560section is writable
6561@item x
6562section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6563@item M
6564section is mergeable
6565@item S
6566section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6567@item G
6568section is a member of a section group
6569@item T
6570section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6571@item ?
6572section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6573@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6574a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6575field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6576also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6577resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6578@item @code{<target specific>}
6579some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6580@end table
6581
9fb71ee4
NC
6582Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6583a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6584flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6585@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6586(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6587section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6588
252b5132 6589The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6590
252b5132
RH
6591@table @code
6592@item @@progbits
6593section contains data
6594@item @@nobits
6595section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6596@item @@note
6597section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6598@item @@init_array
6599section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6600@item @@fini_array
6601section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6602@item @@preinit_array
6603section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6604@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6605a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6606@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6607some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6608@end table
6609
9fb71ee4
NC
6610Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6611enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6612
ececec60
NC
6613Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6614ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6615@code{%} character.
6616
9fb71ee4
NC
6617Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6618special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6619type will generate an error from the assembler.
6620
22fe14ad 6621If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6622be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6623
6624@smallexample
6625.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6626@end smallexample
6627
6628Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6629constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6630@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6631@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6632the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6633absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6634which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6635@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6636@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6637
6638If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6639be present along with an additional field like this:
6640
6641@smallexample
6642.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6643@end smallexample
6644
6645The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6646particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6647
22fe14ad
NC
6648@table @code
6649@item comdat
6650indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6651@item .gnu.linkonce
6652an alias for comdat
6653@end table
6654
96e9638b 6655Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6656the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6657
6658@smallexample
6659.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6660@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6661
01642c12
RM
6662If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6663@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6664present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6665this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6666@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6667If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6668
252b5132
RH
6669If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6670the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6671none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6672executable. The section will contain data.
6673
6674For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6675directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6676
252b5132
RH
6677@smallexample
6678.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6679@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6680
252b5132
RH
6681Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6682separated flags:
eda683bb 6683
252b5132
RH
6684@table @code
6685@item #alloc
6686section is allocatable
6687@item #write
6688section is writable
6689@item #execinstr
6690section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6691@item #exclude
6692section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6693@item #tls
6694section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6695@end table
c91d2e08 6696
e9863d7f
DJ
6697This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6698contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6699some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6700work.
c1253627
NC
6701@end ifset
6702@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6703
6704@node Set
6705@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6706
6707@cindex @code{set} directive
6708@cindex symbol value, setting
6709Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6710changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6711@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6712flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6713
5d239759
NC
6714You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6715values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6716involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6717being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6718addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6719final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6720the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6721different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6722
6723If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6724file is the last value stored into it.
6725
3c9b82ba
NC
6726@ifset Z80
6727On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6728@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6729@end ifset
6730
252b5132
RH
6731@node Short
6732@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6733
6734@cindex @code{short} directive
6735@ifset GENERIC
6736@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6737@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6738
6739In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6740numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6741@end ifset
6742@ifclear GENERIC
6743@ifset W16
6744@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6745@end ifset
6746@ifset W32
6747This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6748a 16 bit number for each.
6749@end ifset
6750@end ifclear
6751
6752@node Single
6753@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6754
6755@cindex @code{single} directive
6756@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6757This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6758has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6759@ifset GENERIC
6760The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6761@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6762@end ifset
6763@ifclear GENERIC
6764@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6765On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6766numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6767@end ifset
6768@end ifclear
6769
c1253627 6770@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6771@node Size
c1253627 6772@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6773
c1253627
NC
6774This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6775
6776@ifset COFF
6777@ifset ELF
6778@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6779@subheading COFF Version
6780@end ifset
6781
6782@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6783For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6784@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6785
6786@smallexample
6787.size @var{expression}
6788@end smallexample
252b5132 6789
c1253627 6790@end ifset
c91d2e08 6791
c1253627
NC
6792@ifset ELF
6793@ifset COFF
6794@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6795@subheading ELF Version
6796@end ifset
6797
6798@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6799For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6800
c1253627
NC
6801@smallexample
6802.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6803@end smallexample
6804
6805This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6806The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6807arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6808symbols.
c1253627
NC
6809@end ifset
6810@end ifset
252b5132 6811
252b5132
RH
6812@ifclear no-space-dir
6813@node Skip
340d33e5 6814@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6815
6816@cindex @code{skip} directive
6817@cindex filling memory
6818This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6819@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6820@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6821@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6822@end ifclear
252b5132 6823
ccf8a69b
BW
6824@node Sleb128
6825@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6826
6827@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6828@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6829compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6830symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6831
884f0d36 6832@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6833@node Space
340d33e5 6834@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6835
6836@cindex @code{space} directive
6837@cindex filling memory
6838This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6839@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6840and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6841as @samp{.skip}.
6842
6843@ifset HPPA
6844@quotation
6845@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6846targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6847Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6848@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6849for a summary.
6850@end quotation
6851@end ifset
6852@end ifclear
6853
252b5132
RH
6854@ifset have-stabs
6855@node Stab
6856@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6857
6858@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6859@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6860There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6861All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6862The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6863cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6864Up to five fields are required:
6865
6866@table @var
6867@item string
6868This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6869@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6870debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6871using this field.
6872
6873@item type
6874An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6875this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6876and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6877
6878@item other
6879An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6880low 8 bits of this expression.
6881
6882@item desc
6883An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6884bits of this expression.
6885
6886@item value
6887An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6888@end table
6889
6890If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6891or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6892you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6893compatible with earlier assemblers!
6894
6895@table @code
6896@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6897@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6898
6899The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6900It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6901null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6902strings.
6903
6904The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6905relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6906is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6907assembled.
6908
6909@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6910@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6911The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6912
6913@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6914@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6915All five fields are specified.
6916@end table
6917@end ifset
6918@c end have-stabs
6919
6920@node String
38a57ae7 6921@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6922"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6923
6924@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6925@cindex string8, copying to object file
6926@cindex string16, copying to object file
6927@cindex string32, copying to object file
6928@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6929@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6930@cindex @code{string8} directive
6931@cindex @code{string16} directive
6932@cindex @code{string32} directive
6933@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6934
6935Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6936one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6937particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6938You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6939
01642c12 6940The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6941the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6942copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6943are stored in target endianness byte order.
6944
6945Example:
6946@smallexample
6947 .string32 "BYE"
6948expands to:
6949 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6950 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6951@end smallexample
6952
6953
252b5132
RH
6954@node Struct
6955@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6956
6957@cindex @code{struct} directive
6958Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6959which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6960@smallexample
6961 .struct 0
6962field1:
6963 .struct field1 + 4
6964field2:
6965 .struct field2 + 4
6966field3:
6967@end smallexample
6968This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6969@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6970value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6971use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6972before further assembly.
6973
c91d2e08
NC
6974@ifset ELF
6975@node SubSection
6976@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6977
c1253627 6978@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6979@cindex Section Stack
6980This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6981@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6982@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6983(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6984
6985This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6986section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6987in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6988@end ifset
6989
252b5132
RH
6990@ifset ELF
6991@node Symver
6992@section @code{.symver}
6993@cindex @code{symver} directive
6994@cindex symbol versioning
6995@cindex versions of symbols
6996Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6997within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6998typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6999There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7000into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7001shared library.
7002
79082ff0 7003For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7004@smallexample
7005.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7006@end smallexample
339681c0 7007If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7008being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7009alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7010just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7011permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7012of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7013itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7014have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7015file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7016function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7017the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7018building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7019symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7020nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7021
7022If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7023references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7024reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7025symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7026
7027Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7028@smallexample
7029.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7030@end smallexample
7031In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7032the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7033difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7034references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7035
7036The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7037@smallexample
7038.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7039@end smallexample
7040When @var{name} is not defined within the
7041file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7042@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7043name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7044@end ifset
7045
7046@ifset COFF
7047@node Tag
7048@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7049
7050@cindex COFF structure debugging
7051@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7052@cindex @code{tag} directive
7053This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7054information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7055@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7056definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7057@end ifset
7058
7059@node Text
7060@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7061
7062@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7063Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7064the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7065expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7066is used.
7067
7068@node Title
7069@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7070
7071@cindex @code{title} directive
7072@cindex listing control: title line
7073Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7074source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7075
7076This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7077it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7078
c1253627 7079@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7080@node Type
c1253627
NC
7081@section @code{.type}
7082
7083This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7084
7085@ifset COFF
7086@ifset ELF
7087@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7088@subheading COFF Version
7089@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7090
7091@cindex COFF symbol type
7092@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7093@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7094For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7095@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7096
7097@smallexample
7098.type @var{int}
7099@end smallexample
7100
7101This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7102entry.
252b5132 7103
c1253627 7104@end ifset
c91d2e08 7105
c1253627
NC
7106@ifset ELF
7107@ifset COFF
7108@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7109@subheading ELF Version
7110@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7111
7112@cindex ELF symbol type
7113@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7114@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7115For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7116
7117@smallexample
7118.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7119@end smallexample
7120
7121This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7122function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7123supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7124compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7125
7126Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7127@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7128below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7129the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7130maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7131assemblers.
7132
7133The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7134
7135@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7136 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7137 .type <name>,#<type>
7138 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7139 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7140 .type <name>,"<type>"
7141@end smallexample
7142
7143The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7144
5671778d
NC
7145@table @gcctabopt
7146@item STT_FUNC
7147@itemx function
7148Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7149
d8045f23
NC
7150@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7151@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7152Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7153processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7154
5671778d
NC
7155@item STT_OBJECT
7156@itemx object
7157Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7158
7159@item STT_TLS
7160@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7161Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7162
7163@item STT_COMMON
7164@itemx common
7165Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7166
7167@item STT_NOTYPE
7168@itemx notype
7169Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7170
3e7a7d11
NC
7171@item gnu_unique_object
7172Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7173will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7174name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7175systems).
3e7a7d11 7176
5671778d
NC
7177@end table
7178
7179Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7180
c1253627
NC
7181@end ifset
7182@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7183
7184@node Uleb128
7185@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7186
7187@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7188@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7189compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7190symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7191
7192@ifset COFF
7193@node Val
7194@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7195
7196@cindex @code{val} directive
7197@cindex COFF value attribute
7198@cindex value attribute, COFF
7199This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7200records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7201entry.
252b5132
RH
7202@end ifset
7203
2e13b764 7204@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7205@node Version
7206@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7207
c1253627 7208@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7209This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7210formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7211@end ifset
2e13b764 7212
c91d2e08
NC
7213@ifset ELF
7214@node VTableEntry
7215@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7216
653cfe85 7217@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7218This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7219@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7220
c91d2e08
NC
7221@node VTableInherit
7222@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7223
653cfe85 7224@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7225This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7226@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7227parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7228parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7229@end ifset
2e13b764 7230
d190d046
HPN
7231@node Warning
7232@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7233@cindex warning directive
7234Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7235(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7236
c91d2e08
NC
7237@node Weak
7238@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7239
c1253627 7240@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7241This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7242@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7243
01642c12 7244On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7245directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7246@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7247
977cdf5a 7248On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7249When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7250alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7251
06e77878
AO
7252@node Weakref
7253@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7254
7255@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7256This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7257be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7258If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7259will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7260symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7261
7262The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7263assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7264symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7265resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7266had the references to the alias removed.
7267
7268The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7269within the assembler.
7270
252b5132
RH
7271@node Word
7272@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7273
7274@cindex @code{word} directive
7275This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7276separated by commas.
7277@ifclear GENERIC
7278@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7279For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7280@end ifset
7281@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7282For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7283@end ifset
7284@end ifclear
7285@ifset GENERIC
7286
7287The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7288depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7289@end ifset
7290
a8eb42a8 7291@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7292@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7293@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7294@cindex difference tables altered
7295@cindex altered difference tables
7296@quotation
7297@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7298@end quotation
7299
7300@ifset GENERIC
7301Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7302addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7303interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7304@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7305
7306@end ifset
7307In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7308@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7309Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7310compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7311directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7312@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7313creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7314This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7315first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7316of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7317table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7318contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7319@code{sym2}.
7320
7321If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7322secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7323@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7324long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7325and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7326minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7327entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7328
7329@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7330@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7331@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7332assembly language programmers.
7333@end ifset
7334@end ifset
7335@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7336
7ce98c16
NC
7337@ifclear no-space-dir
7338@node Zero
7339@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7340
7341@cindex @code{zero} directive
7342@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7343This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7344expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7345so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7346instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7347@end ifclear
7348
2b841ec2
AM
7349@ifset ELF
7350@node 2byte
ea86f534 7351@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7352@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7353@cindex two-byte integer
7354@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7355
e406e428
NC
7356This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7357are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7358is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7359section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7360in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7361bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7362at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7363value at link time.
7364
7365This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7366values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7367different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7368
8b1e5da1 7369This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7370
7371@node 4byte
ea86f534 7372@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7373@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7374@cindex four-byte integer
7375@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7376
e406e428
NC
7377Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7378long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7379
7380@node 8byte
ea86f534 7381@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7382@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7383@cindex eight-byte integer
7384@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7385
e21126b7 7386Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7387byte long bignum values into the output.
7388
2b841ec2
AM
7389@end ifset
7390
252b5132
RH
7391@node Deprecated
7392@section Deprecated Directives
7393
7394@cindex deprecated directives
7395@cindex obsolescent directives
7396One day these directives won't work.
7397They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7398@table @t
7399@item .abort
7400@item .line
7401@end table
7402
3a99f02f
DJ
7403@ifset ELF
7404@node Object Attributes
7405@chapter Object Attributes
7406@cindex object attributes
7407
7408@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7409into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7410Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7411point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7412requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7413passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7414hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7415generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7416newer generation at run-time.
7417
7418This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7419@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7420time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7421correctly.
7422
7423Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7424attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7425string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7426and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7427or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7428attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7429
7430Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7431The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7432
7433@menu
7434* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7435* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7436@end menu
7437
7438@node GNU Object Attributes
7439@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7440
7441The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7442with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7443
7444Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7445its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7446an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74472} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7448architecture-dependent ones.
7449
7450@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7451
7452These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7453
7454@table @r
7455@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7456The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7457the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7458then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7459than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7460arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7461@end table
7462
7463@subsection MIPS Attributes
7464
7465@table @r
7466@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7467The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7468
7469@itemize @bullet
7470@item
74710 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7472@item
f179c512
MF
74731 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7474double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7475@item
74762 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7477@item
74783 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7479@item
f179c512
MF
74804 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7481floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7482number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7483@item
74845 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7485with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7486general-purpose registers.
7487@item
74886 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7489registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7490@item
74917 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7492registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7493direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7494@end itemize
7495@end table
7496
7497@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7498
7499@table @r
7500@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7501The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7502
7503@itemize @bullet
7504@item
75050 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7506@item
3c7b9897 75071 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7508@item
75092 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7510@item
75113 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7512@end itemize
7513
7514@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7515The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7516
7517@itemize @bullet
7518@item
75190 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7520@item
75211 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7522@item
75232 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7524@item
75253 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7526@end itemize
7527@end table
7528
643f7afb
AK
7529@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7530
7531@table @r
7532@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7533The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7534
7535@itemize @bullet
7536@item
75370 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7538@item
75391 for files using software vector ABI.
7540@item
75412 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7542@end itemize
7543@end table
7544
3a99f02f
DJ
7545@node Defining New Object Attributes
7546@section Defining New Object Attributes
7547
7548If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7549will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7550mailing list.
7551
7552@itemize @bullet
7553@item
7554This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7555@item
7556The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7557@item
7558The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7559and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7560@item
7561Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7562@item
7563@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7564@item
7565GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7566@end itemize
7567
7568@end ifset
7569
252b5132
RH
7570@ifset GENERIC
7571@node Machine Dependencies
7572@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7573
7574@cindex machine dependencies
7575The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7576each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7577vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7578directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7579assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7580@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7581optimization.
7582
7583This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7584include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7585subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7586
7587@menu
a06ea964
NC
7588@ifset AARCH64
7589* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7590@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7591@ifset ALPHA
7592* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7593@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7594@ifset ARC
7595* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7596@end ifset
7597@ifset ARM
7598* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7599@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7600@ifset AVR
7601* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7602@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7603@ifset Blackfin
7604* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7605@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7606@ifset CR16
7607* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7608@end ifset
8bf549a8 7609@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7610* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7611@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7612@ifset CSKY
7613* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7614@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7615@ifset D10V
7616* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7617@end ifset
7618@ifset D30V
7619* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7621@ifset EPIPHANY
7622* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7623@end ifset
252b5132 7624@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7625* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7626@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7627@ifset HPPA
7628* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7629@end ifset
7630@ifset I80386
55b62671 7631* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7632@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7633@ifset IA64
7634* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7635@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7636@ifset IP2K
7637* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7638@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7639@ifset LM32
7640* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7641@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7642@ifset M32C
7643* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7644@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7645@ifset M32R
7646* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7647@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7648@ifset M680X0
7649* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7650@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7651@ifset M68HC11
7652* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
7b4ae824
JD
7654@ifset S12Z
7655* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7656@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7657@ifset METAG
7658* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7659@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7660@ifset MICROBLAZE
7661* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7662@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7663@ifset MIPS
7664* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7665@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7666@ifset MMIX
7667* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7668@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7669@ifset MSP430
7670* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7671@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7672@ifset NDS32
7673* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7674@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7675@ifset NIOSII
7676* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7677@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7678@ifset NS32K
7679* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7680@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7681@ifset PDP11
7682* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7683@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7684@ifset PJ
7685* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7686@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7687@ifset PPC
7688* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7689@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7690@ifset PRU
7691* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7692@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7693@ifset RISCV
7694* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7695@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7696@ifset RL78
7697* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7698@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7699@ifset RX
7700* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7701@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7702@ifset S390
7703* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7704@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7705@ifset SCORE
7706* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7707@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7708@ifset SH
7709* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7710@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7711@ifset SPARC
7712* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7713@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7714@ifset TIC54X
7715* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7716@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7717@ifset TIC6X
7718* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7719@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7720@ifset TILEGX
7721* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7722@end ifset
7723@ifset TILEPRO
7724* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7725@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7726@ifset V850
7727* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7728@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7729@ifset VAX
7730* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7731@end ifset
7732@ifset VISIUM
7733* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7734@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7735@ifset WASM32
7736* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7737@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7738@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7739* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7740@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7741@ifset XSTORMY16
7742* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7743@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7744@ifset XTENSA
7745* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7746@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7747@ifset Z80
7748* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7749@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7750@ifset Z8000
7751* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7752@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7753@end menu
7754
7755@lowersections
7756@end ifset
7757
7758@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7759@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7760@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7761@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7762@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7763@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7764@c in both conditional blocks.
7765
a06ea964
NC
7766@ifset AARCH64
7767@include c-aarch64.texi
7768@end ifset
7769
625e1353
RH
7770@ifset ALPHA
7771@include c-alpha.texi
7772@end ifset
7773
7774@ifset ARC
7775@include c-arc.texi
7776@end ifset
7777
252b5132
RH
7778@ifset ARM
7779@include c-arm.texi
7780@end ifset
7781
8473f7a4
DC
7782@ifset AVR
7783@include c-avr.texi
7784@end ifset
7785
3b4e1885 7786@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7787@include c-bfin.texi
7788@end ifset
7789
3d3d428f
NC
7790@ifset CR16
7791@include c-cr16.texi
7792@end ifset
7793
328eb32e
HPN
7794@ifset CRIS
7795@include c-cris.texi
7796@end ifset
7797
b8891f8d
AJ
7798@ifset CSKY
7799@include c-csky.texi
7800@end ifset
7801
c2dcd04e 7802@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7803@ifclear GENERIC
7804@node Machine Dependencies
7805@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7806
c2dcd04e 7807The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7808and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7809chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7810family.
7811
7812@menu
c2dcd04e 7813* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7814* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7815@end menu
7816@lowersections
7817@end ifclear
7818@end ifset
7819
7820@ifset D10V
7821@include c-d10v.texi
7822@end ifset
7823
7824@ifset D30V
7825@include c-d30v.texi
7826@end ifset
7827
cfb8c092
NC
7828@ifset EPIPHANY
7829@include c-epiphany.texi
7830@end ifset
7831
252b5132
RH
7832@ifset H8/300
7833@include c-h8300.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
252b5132
RH
7836@ifset HPPA
7837@include c-hppa.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
7840@ifset I80386
7841@include c-i386.texi
7842@end ifset
7843
9e32ca89
NC
7844@ifset IA64
7845@include c-ia64.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
a40cbfa3
NC
7848@ifset IP2K
7849@include c-ip2k.texi
7850@end ifset
7851
84e94c90
NC
7852@ifset LM32
7853@include c-lm32.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
49f58d10
JB
7856@ifset M32C
7857@include c-m32c.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
ec694b89
NC
7860@ifset M32R
7861@include c-m32r.texi
7862@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7863
7864@ifset M680X0
7865@include c-m68k.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
60bcf0fa
NC
7868@ifset M68HC11
7869@include c-m68hc11.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
7b4ae824
JD
7872@ifset S12Z
7873@include c-s12z.texi
7874@end ifset
7875
a3c62988
NC
7876@ifset METAG
7877@include c-metag.texi
7878@end ifset
7879
01642c12 7880@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7881@include c-microblaze.texi
7882@end ifset
7883
252b5132
RH
7884@ifset MIPS
7885@include c-mips.texi
7886@end ifset
7887
3c3bdf30
NC
7888@ifset MMIX
7889@include c-mmix.texi
7890@end ifset
7891
2469cfa2
NC
7892@ifset MSP430
7893@include c-msp430.texi
7894@end ifset
7895
35c08157
KLC
7896@ifset NDS32
7897@include c-nds32.texi
7898@end ifset
7899
36591ba1
SL
7900@ifset NIOSII
7901@include c-nios2.texi
7902@end ifset
7903
252b5132
RH
7904@ifset NS32K
7905@include c-ns32k.texi
7906@end ifset
7907
e135f41b
NC
7908@ifset PDP11
7909@include c-pdp11.texi
7910@end ifset
7911
041dd5a9
ILT
7912@ifset PJ
7913@include c-pj.texi
7914@end ifset
7915
418c1742
MG
7916@ifset PPC
7917@include c-ppc.texi
7918@end ifset
7919
93f11b16
DD
7920@ifset PRU
7921@include c-pru.texi
7922@end ifset
7923
4f7eddc4
PD
7924@ifset RISCV
7925@include c-riscv.texi
7926@end ifset
7927
b57e49f7
JW
7928@ifset RL78
7929@include c-rl78.texi
7930@end ifset
7931
046d31c2
NC
7932@ifset RX
7933@include c-rx.texi
7934@end ifset
7935
11c19e16
MS
7936@ifset S390
7937@include c-s390.texi
7938@end ifset
7939
c0157db4
NC
7940@ifset SCORE
7941@include c-score.texi
7942@end ifset
7943
252b5132
RH
7944@ifset SH
7945@include c-sh.texi
7946@end ifset
7947
7948@ifset SPARC
7949@include c-sparc.texi
7950@end ifset
7951
39bec121
TW
7952@ifset TIC54X
7953@include c-tic54x.texi
7954@end ifset
7955
40b36596
JM
7956@ifset TIC6X
7957@include c-tic6x.texi
7958@end ifset
7959
aa137e4d
NC
7960@ifset TILEGX
7961@include c-tilegx.texi
7962@end ifset
7963
7964@ifset TILEPRO
7965@include c-tilepro.texi
7966@end ifset
7967
b6605ddd
EB
7968@ifset V850
7969@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7970@end ifset
7971
7972@ifset VAX
7973@include c-vax.texi
7974@end ifset
7975
b6605ddd
EB
7976@ifset VISIUM
7977@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7978@end ifset
7979
f96bd6c2
PC
7980@ifset WASM32
7981@include c-wasm32.texi
7982@end ifset
7983
f6c1a2d5
NC
7984@ifset XGATE
7985@include c-xgate.texi
7986@end ifset
7987
6753e72f
NC
7988@ifset XSTORMY16
7989@include c-xstormy16.texi
7990@end ifset
7991
e0001a05
NC
7992@ifset XTENSA
7993@include c-xtensa.texi
7994@end ifset
7995
b6605ddd
EB
7996@ifset Z80
7997@include c-z80.texi
7998@end ifset
7999
8000@ifset Z8000
8001@include c-z8k.texi
8002@end ifset
8003
252b5132
RH
8004@ifset GENERIC
8005@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8006@raisesections
8007@end ifset
8008
8009@node Reporting Bugs
8010@chapter Reporting Bugs
8011@cindex bugs in assembler
8012@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8013
a4fb0134 8014Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8015
8016Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8017not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8018entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8019Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8020
8021In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8022information that enables us to fix the bug.
8023
8024@menu
8025* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8026* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8027@end menu
8028
8029@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8030@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8031@cindex bug criteria
8032
8033If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8034
8035@itemize @bullet
8036@cindex fatal signal
8037@cindex assembler crash
8038@cindex crash of assembler
8039@item
8040If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8041@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8042
8043@cindex error on valid input
8044@item
a4fb0134 8045If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8046
8047@cindex invalid input
8048@item
a4fb0134 8049If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8050is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8051be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8052
8053@item
8054If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8055of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8056@end itemize
8057
8058@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8059@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8060@cindex bug reports
8061@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8062
8063A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8064you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8065contact that organization first.
8066
8067You can find contact information for many support companies and
8068individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8069distribution.
8070
ad22bfe8 8071@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8072In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8073to @value{BUGURL}.
8074@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8075
8076The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8077@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8078fact or leave it out, state it!
8079
8080Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8081and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8082name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8083not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8084happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8085perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8086the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8087give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8088and the most helpful.
8089
8090Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8091it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8092that the bug has not been reported previously.
8093
8094Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8095bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8096respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8097You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8098
8099To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8100
8101@itemize @bullet
8102@item
a4fb0134 8103The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8104it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8105
8106Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8107the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8108
8109@item
a4fb0134 8110Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8111
8112@item
8113The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8114version number.
8115
8116@item
a4fb0134 8117What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8118``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8119
8120@item
8121The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8122observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8123all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8124
8125If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8126and then we might not encounter the bug.
8127
8128@item
8129A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8130the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8131high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8132when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8133the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8134file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8135@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8136
8137@item
8138A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8139incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8140
a4fb0134 8141Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8142will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8143notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8144make a mistake.
8145
8146Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8147explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8148@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8149library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8150would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8151would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8152expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8153observations.
8154
8155@item
a4fb0134 8156If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8157diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8158option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8159discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8160by line number.
8161
8162The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8163sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8164@end itemize
8165
8166Here are some things that are not necessary:
8167
8168@itemize @bullet
8169@item
8170A description of the envelope of the bug.
8171
8172Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8173which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8174changes will not affect it.
8175
8176This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8177will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8178with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8179We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8180
8181Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8182of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8183output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8184less time, and so on.
8185
8186However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8187report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8188
8189@item
8190A patch for the bug.
8191
8192A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8193the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8194a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8195to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8196
a4fb0134 8197Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8198construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8199the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8200one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8201
8202And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8203patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8204help us to understand.
8205
8206@item
8207A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8208
8209Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8210things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8211@end itemize
8212
8213@node Acknowledgements
8214@chapter Acknowledgements
8215
653cfe85 8216If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8217it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8218maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8219@c (October 2012),
8220the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8221
8222Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8223more details?}
8224
8225Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8226information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8227extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8228
8229K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8230many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8231up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8232testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8233including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8234and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8235support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8236port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8237file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8238assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8239
8240Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8241in format-specific I/O modules.
8242
8243The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8244has done much work with it since.
8245
8246The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8247
8248Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8249
8250The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8251University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8252
8253Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8254(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8255(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8256support a.out format.
8257
7be1c489
AM
8258Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8259tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8260Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8261use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8262targets.
8263
8264John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8265simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8266updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8267fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8268remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8269cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8270required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8271
8272Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
827368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8274added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8275PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8276
653cfe85 8277Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8278
8279Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8280
8281Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8282along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8283formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8284the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8285
8286Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8287Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8288Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8289Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8290and some initial 64-bit support).
8291
c1253627 8292Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8293
252b5132
RH
8294Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8295support for openVMS/Alpha.
8296
39bec121
TW
8297Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8298flavors.
8299
e0001a05 8300David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8301Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8302
252b5132
RH
8303Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8304configuration enhancements.
8305
84e94c90
NC
8306Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8307
252b5132
RH
8308Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8309you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8310want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8311intentionally leaving anyone out.
8312
793c5807
NC
8313@node GNU Free Documentation License
8314@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8315@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8316
370b66a1
CD
8317@node AS Index
8318@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8319
8320@printindex cp
8321
252b5132
RH
8322@bye
8323@c Local Variables:
8324@c fill-column: 79
8325@c End:
This page took 1.4249 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.